RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas...

161
SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 Link SERVICE NOTE DISASSEMBLY BLOCK DIAGRAMS FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS PRINTED WIRING BOARDS ADJUSTMENTS REPAIR PARTS LIST SPECIFICATIONS SERVICE NOTE DISASSEMBLY BLOCK DIAGRAMS FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS PRINTED WIRING BOARDS ADJUSTMENTS REPAIR PARTS LIST SPECIFICATIONS Link On the VC-283 board This service manual provides the information that is premised the circuit board replacement service and not intended repair inside the VC-283 board. Therefore, schematic diagram, printed wiring board, waveforms, mounted parts location and electrical parts list of the VC-283 board are not shown. The following pages are not shown. Schematic diagram ............................. Pages 4-33 to 4-70 Printed wiring board ............................ Pages 4-89 to 4-92 Waveforms ........................................... Pages 4-94 to 4-95 Mounted parts location ............................. Pages 4-98 to 4-99 Electrical parts list ................................... Pages 6-18 to 6-25 DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/ TRV50/TRV50E RMT-811 US Model Canadian Model DCR-TRV50 AEP Model East European Model DCR-TRV40E/TRV50E UK Model Australian Model DCR-TRV50E E Model DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E Hong Kong Model DCR-TRV40/TRV50E Tourist Model DCR-TRV40/TRV40E Korea Model DCR-TRV40 Chinese Model DCR-TRV40E J MECHANISM Revision History Revision History Ver 1.0 2002. 03 For INSTRUCTION MANUAL, refer to separate file (992995171.pdf). For MECHANISM ADJUSTMENTS, refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI J MECHANISM ” (9-929-807-11). HOW TO OPEN THE FLASH WHEN THE FLASH DOESN’T OPEN DIGITAL VIDEO CAMERA RECORDER Photo: DCR-TRV50E

Transcript of RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas...

Page 1: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2

Link

SERVICE NOTE

DISASSEMBLY

BLOCK DIAGRAMS

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

ADJUSTMENTS

REPAIR PARTS LIST

SPECIFICATIONS

SERVICE NOTE

DISASSEMBLY

BLOCK DIAGRAMS

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

ADJUSTMENTS

REPAIR PARTS LIST

SPECIFICATIONS

Link

On the VC-283 boardThis service manual provides the information that is premised the circuit board replacement service and not intended repairinside the VC-283 board.Therefore, schematic diagram, printed wiring board, waveforms, mounted parts location and electrical parts list of the VC-283board are not shown.The following pages are not shown.

Schematic diagram .............................Pages 4-33 to 4-70Printed wiring board ............................Pages 4-89 to 4-92Waveforms ........................................... Pages 4-94 to 4-95

Mounted parts location .............................Pages 4-98 to 4-99Electrical parts list ................................... Pages 6-18 to 6-25

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

RMT-811

US ModelCanadian Model

DCR-TRV50

AEP ModelEast European Model

DCR-TRV40E/TRV50E

UK ModelAustralian Model

DCR-TRV50E

E ModelDCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

Hong Kong ModelDCR-TRV40/TRV50E

Tourist ModelDCR-TRV40/TRV40E

Korea ModelDCR-TRV40

Chinese ModelDCR-TRV40EJ MECHANISM

Revision HistoryRevision History

Ver 1.0 2002. 03

• For INSTRUCTION MANUAL, refer to separate file (992995171.pdf).• For MECHANISM ADJUSTMENTS, refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

J MECHANISM ” (9-929-807-11).• HOW TO OPEN THE FLASH WHEN THE FLASH DOESN’T OPEN

DIGITAL VIDEO CAMERA RECORDER

Photo: DCR-TRV50E

Page 2: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

— 2 —

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

SPECIFICATIONS

SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!!

COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITHMARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTSLIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESECOMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERSAPPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTSPUBLISHED BY SONY.

ATTENTION AU COMPOSANT AYANT RAPPORTÀ LA SÉCURITÉ!

LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFÉS PAR UNE MARQUE 0 SUR LESDIAGRAMMES SCHÉMATIQUES ET LA LISTE DES PIÈCES SONTCRITIQUES POUR LA SÉCURITÉ DE FONCTIONNEMENT. NEREMPLACER CES COMPOSANTS QUE PAR DES PIÈSES SONYDONT LES NUMÉROS SONT DONNÉS DANS CE MANUEL OUDANS LES SUPPÉMENTS PUBLIÉS PAR SONY.

COVERCOVER

CAUTION :Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.Replace only with the same or equivalent type.

Video camerarecorder

System

Video recording system2 rotary headsHelical scanning systemAudio recording systemRotary heads, PCM systemQuantization: 12 bits (Fs 32 kHz,stereo 1, stereo 2), 16 bits(Fs 48 kHz, stereo)Video signal

PAL colour, CCIR standards

DCR-TRV40/TRV50:NTSC colour, EIA standardsDCR-TRV40E/TRV50E:

DCR-TRV40/TRV50:Chrominance signal: 0.3 Vp-p,DCR-TRV40E/TRV50E:

Usable cassetteMini DV cassette with the mark printedTape speedSP: Approx. 18.81 mm/sLP: Approx. 12.56 mm/sRecording/playback time(using cassette DVM60)SP: 1 hourLP: 1.5 hoursFastforward/rewind time(using cassette DVM60)When using the battery pack:Approx. 2 min. and 30 secondsWhen using the AC power adaptor:Approx. 1 min. and 45 secondsViewfinderElectric viewfinder (colour)Image device4.5 mm (1/4 type) CCD (ChargeCoupled Device)Gross: Approx. 1 550 000 pixelsEffective (still):Approx. 1 390 000 pixelsEffective (moving):Approx. 970 000 pixelsLensCarl Zeiss Vario-SonnarCombined power zoom lensFilter diameter: 37 mm(1 1/2 in)10× (Optical), 120× (Digital)F=1.8~2.2Focal length4.2 – 42 mm (3/16 – 1 11/16 in.)When converted to a 35 mm stillcameraIn CAMERA:48 – 480 mm (1 15/16 – 19 in.)In MEMORY:40 – 400 mm (1 5/8 – 15 3/4 in.)

Colour temperatureAuto, HOLD (Hold), nIndoor(3 200 K), Outdoor (5 800 K)Minimum illumination7 lx (lux) (F 1.8)0 lx (lux) (in the NightShot mode)** Objects unable to be seen due to

the dark can be shot with infraredlighting.

Input/Output connectors

S video input/output4-pin mini DINLuminance signal: 1 Vp-p,75 Ω (ohms), unbalanced

Chrominance signal: 0.3 Vp-p,75 Ω (ohms), unbalancedAudio/Video input/outputAV MINI JACK, 1 Vp-p,75 Ω (ohms), unbalanced, syncnegative327 mV, (at output impedancemore than 47 kΩ (kilohms))Output impedance with less than2.2 kΩ (kilohms)/Stereo minijack (ø3.5 mm)Input impedance more than47 kΩ (kilohms)DV input/output4-pin connectorHeadphone jackStereo minijack (ø 3.5 mm)LANC jackStereo mini-minijack (ø 2.5 mm)USB jackmini-BMIC jackMinijack, 0.388 mV low impedancewith 2.5 to 3.0 V DC, outputimpedance 6.8 kΩ (kilohms) (ø 3.5mm)Stereo type

LCD screen

Picture8.8 cm (3.5 type)72.2 × 50.4 mm (2 4/5 × 2 in.)Total dot number246 400 (1 120 × 220)

Wireless communications

(DCR-TRV50/TRV50E only)Communications systemBluetooth standard Ver.1.1Max. baud rate1) 2)

Approx. 723 kbpsOutputBluetooth standard Power Class 2Communications distance2)

Max. wireless distance Approx. 10m (393 3/4 in.) (When connecting toBTA-NW1)Compatible Bluetooth profile3)

Generic Access ProfileDial-up Networking ProfileOperating frequency band2.4 GHz band (2.400 GHz –2.483 5 GHz)

1) Max. baud rate of Bluetoothstandard Ver.1.1

2) Varies according to the distancebetween communicating devices,presence of obstacles, radiowaveconditions, and other factors.

3) This is a specification matched tospecific usage requirementsbetween Bluetooth compatibledevices. It is laid down in theBluetooth standards.

General

Power requirements7.2 V (battery pack)8.4 V (AC power adaptor)Average power consumption(when using the battery pack)During camera recording usingLCD4.4 WViewfinder3.3 WOperating temperature0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)Storage temperature–20°C to + 60°C(–4°F to + 140°F)Dimensions (Approx.)72 × 91 × 168 mm(2 7/8 × 3 5/8 × 6 5/8 in.) (w/h/d)Mass (Approx.)700 g (1 lb 8 oz)main unit only800 g (1 lb 12 oz)including the battery packNP-FM50, cassette DVM60 and lenscapSupplied accessoriesSee page 3.

AC power adaptor

Power requirements100 – 240 V AC, 50/60 HzPower consumption23 WOutput voltageDC OUT: 8.4 V, 1.5 A in theoperating modeOperating temperature0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)Storage temperature–20°C to + 60°C(–4°F to + 140°F)Dimensions (approx.)125 × 39 × 62 mm(5 × 1 9/16 × 2 1/2 in.) (w/h/d)excluding projecting partsMass (approx.)280 g (9.8 oz)excluding mains lead

Battery pack

Maximum output voltageDC 8.4 VOutput voltageDC 7.2 VCapacity8.5 Wh (1 180 mAh)Dimensions (approx.)38.2 × 20.5 × 55.6 mm(1 9/16 × 13/16 × 2 1/4 in.)(w/h/d)Mass (approx.)76 g (2.7 oz)TypeLithium ion

“Memory Stick”

MemoryFlash memory8MB: MSA-8AOperating voltage2.7 – 3.6 VPower consumptionApprox. 45 mA in the operatingmodeApprox. 130 µA in the standbymodeDimensions (approx.)50 × 2.8 × 21.5 mm(2 × 1/8 × 7/8 in.) (w/h/d)Mass (approx.)4 g (0.14 oz)

Design and specifications aresubject to change without notice.

Page 3: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

— 3 —

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

1. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-solderedconnections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashesand bridges.

2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are"pinched" or contact high-wattage resistors.

3. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularlytransistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Pointthem out to the customer and recommend their replacement.

4. Look for parts which, through functioning, show obvious signsof deterioration. Point them out to the customer andrecommend their replacement.

5. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified.6. Flexible Circuit Board Repairing

• Keep the temperature of the soldering iron around 270˚Cduring repairing.

• Do not touch the soldering iron on the same conductor of thecircuit board (within 3 times).

• Be careful not to apply force on the conductor when solderingor unsoldering.

Unleaded solderBoards requiring use of unleaded solder are printed with the lead-free mark (LF) indicating the solder contains no lead.(Caution: Some printed circuit boards may not come printed withthe lead free mark due to their particular size.)

: LEAD FREE MARKUnleaded solder has the following characteristics.• Unleaded solder melts at a temperature about 40°C higher than

ordinary solder.Ordinary soldering irons can be used but the iron tip has to beapplied to the solder joint for a slightly longer time.Soldering irons using a temperature regulator should be set toabout 350°C.Caution: The printed pattern (copper foil) may peel away if theheated tip is applied for too long, so be careful!

• Strong viscosityUnleaded solder is more viscous (sticky, less prone to flow) thanordinary solder so use caution not to let solder bridges occur suchas on IC pins, etc.

• Usable with ordinary solderIt is best to use only unleaded solder but unleaded solder mayalso be added to ordinary solder.

SAFETY CHECK-OUT

After correcting the original service problem, perform the following

safety checks before releasing the set to the customer.

9

1

4

q;

5

qa

qg qh

6

qs

2

7

qd

3

8

qf

1AC-L10A/L10B/L10C AC power adaptor (1),mains lead (1)

2NP-FM50 battery pack (1) 3A/V connecting cable (1)4Wireless Remote Commander (1)5 Size R6 (size AA) battery for Remote

Commander (2)6 Shoulder strap (1)7 Lens cap (1)8 Lens hood (1)9 “Memory Stick” (1) 0USB cable (1)

qa CD-ROM (USB Driver) (1)

qs Cleaning cloth (1)qd Stylus (1) (DCR-TRV50/TRV50E only)qf 21-pin adaptor (European models only) (1)qg 2-pin conversion adaptor (1)

(Tourist model only)

SPVD-008 (Except US, Canadian model only)SPVD-008 (I) (US, Canadian model only)

qh 2-pin conversion adaptor (1)(E, Hong Kong model only)

• SUPPLIED ACCESSORIESMake sure that the following accessories are supplied with your camcorder.

Page 4: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

— 4 —

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

TABLE OF CONTENTS1. SERVICE NOTE1-1. SERVICE NOTE ·····························································1-11. POWER SUPPLY DURING REPAIRS ·························· 1-12. HOW TO OPEN THE FLASH WHEN THE FLASH

DOESN’T OPEN ····························································1-13. TO TAKE OUT A CASSETTE WHEN NOT EJECT

(FORCE EJECT) ·····························································1-14. DISCHARGING OF THE FLASHLIGHT POWER

SUPPLY CAPACITOR ··················································· 1-24-1. PREPARING THE SHORT JIG ······································ 1-24-2. DISCHARGING THE CAPACITOR ······························ 1-21-2. SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION ····································1-31. SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION ····································1-32. SELF-DIAGNOSIS DISPLAY ······································· 1-33. SERVICE MODE DISPLAY ·········································· 1-33-1. Display Method ······························································· 1-33-2. Switching of Backup No. ················································1-33-3. End of Display ·································································1-34. SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE ································1-4

2. DISASSEMLY2-1. LCD SECTION (PD-165 BOARD) ································2-32-2. EVF SECTION (LB-078 BOARD) ·································2-42-3. TOP CABINET ······························································· 2-52-4. FRONT PANEL SECTION ·············································2-62-5. MA-408 BOARD ····························································2-72-6. CABINET (R) SECTION (1) ·········································· 2-82-7. CABINET (R) SECTION (2) ·········································· 2-82-8. BATTERY SECTION ·····················································2-92-9. BT-003 BOARD (TRV50/TRV50E) ······························· 2-92-10. EXTERNAL CONNECTOR (HOT SHOE) ·················2-102-11. DD HEAT SINK ····························································2-102-12. EVF SECTION ······························································2-112-13. FLASH UNIT (FLASH SECTION) (1) ························2-112-14. FLASH UNIT (FLASH SECTION) (2) ························2-122-15. FLASH UNIT (FLASH SECTION) (3) ························2-122-16. FLASH UNIT (FLASH SECTION) (4) ························2-132-17. DD-176 BOARD ···························································2-142-18. VC-283 BOARD, MECHANISM DECK (1) ···············2-152-19. VC-283 BOARD, MECHANISM DECK (2) ···············2-152-20. VC-283 BOARD, MECHANISM DECK (3) ···············2-162-21. LENS SECTION ···························································2-162-22. JK-219 BOARD ····························································2-172-23. CD-381 BOARD, 690C (CZ) BLOCK ASSEMBLY

(LENS DEVICE) ···························································2-172-24. CS FRAME ASSEMBLY ··············································2-202-25. FLASH UNIT ································································2-202-26. CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (PS-2890) ····················2-212-27. MEMORY STICK CONNECTOR ·······························2-212-28. CK-115 BOARD, SPEAKER (2.0CM) ·························2-222-29. HINGE SECTION ·························································2-222-30. HINGE ASSEMBLY ·····················································2-232-31. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION ·································2-242-32. FLEXIBLE BOARDS LOCATION ······························2-25

3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/4) ··························· 3-13-2. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/4) ··························· 3-33-3. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/4) ··························· 3-53-4. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (4/4) ··························· 3-73-5. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2) ································3-93-6. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2) ······························3-11

4. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS ANDSCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/4) ······················· 4-1FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/4) ······················· 4-3

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (3/4) ·······················4-5FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (4/4) ·······················4-7

4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ··········································4-11• CD-381 (CCD IMAGER)

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-11• JK-219 (AV IN/OUT, STEADY SHOT)

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-13• CK-115 (CONTROL SWITCH)

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-15• FK-2890, PS-2890 (CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK), FP-460 FLEXIBLE

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························4-17• MA-408 (1/2)(MIC AMP, REMOTE COMMANDERRECEIVER)

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-19• MA-408 (2/2)(LANC, EXT MIC)

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-21• PD-165 (1/2)(RGB DRIVE, TIMING GENERATOR)

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-23• PD-165 (2/2)(LCD DRIVER, BACK LIGHT)

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-25• DD-176 (1/2)(DC/DC CONVERTER)

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-27• DD-176 (2/2)(CONNECTOR)

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ····························4-29• FP-100 (MODE SWITCH), FP-228 (DEW SENSOR),FP-102 (TAPE TOP/END SENSOR, S/T REEL)

FLEXIBLE BOARD ·····································4-31

Shematic diagram of the VC-283 board are not shown.Pages from 4-33 to 4-70 are not shown.

4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS ·····································4-71• CD-381 (CCD IMAGER)

PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·······················4-71• FP-460 FLEXIBLE BOARD ·····································4-72• JK-219 (AV IN/OUT, STEADY SHOT)

PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·······················4-73• CK-115 (CONTROL SWITCH)

PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·······················4-77• MA-408 (MIC AMP, REMOTE COMMANDERRECEIVER, LANC, EXT MIC)

PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·······················4-79• FP-461 FLEXIBLE BOARD ·····································4-81• SE-124 (MF-SENSOR)

PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·······················4-82• PD-165 (RGB DRIVE, TIMING GENERATOR, LCDDRIVER, BACK LIGHT)

PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·······················4-83• DD-176 (DC/DC CONVERTER, CONNECTOR)

PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·······················4-85• FP-100 (MODE SWITCH), FP-228 (DEW SENSOR),FP-102 (TAPE TOP/END SENSOR, S/T REEL)

FLEXIBLE BOARDS ···································4-87• LB-078 (EVF BACK LIGHT)

PRINTED WIRING BOARD ·······················4-87

Printed wiring board of the VC-283 board are not shown.Pages from 4-89 to 4-92 are not shown.

4-4. WAVEFORMS ······························································4-93

Waveforms of the VC-283 board are not shown.Pages from 4-94 to 4-95 are not shown.

Page 5: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

— 5 —

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

4-5. MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION ·································4-96

Mounted parts location of the VC-283 board is not shown.Pages from 4-98 to 4-99 are not shown.

5. ADJUSTMENT1. Adjusting items when replacing main parts and boards. ···5-25-1. CAMERA SECTION ADJUSTMENT ···························5-41-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENT

(CAMERA SECTION) ···················································5-41-1-1.List of Service Tools ························································5-41-1-2.Preparations ·····································································5-51-1-3.Precaution ········································································5-71. Setting the Switch ····························································5-72. Order of Adjustments ······················································5-73. Subjects ···········································································5-71-2. INITIALIZATION OF 8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1E, 1F

PAGE DATA ····································································5-81-2-1. INITIALIZATION OF A, D PAGE DATA ······················5-91. Initializing the A, D Page Data ········································5-92. Modification of A, D Page Data ······································5-93. A Page Table ····································································5-94. D Page Table ·································································· 5-101-2-2. INITIALIZATION OF B, 1B PAGE DATA ·················· 5-111. Initializing the B, 1B Page Data ····································5-112. Modification of B, 1B Page Data ·································· 5-113. Loader Writing Inhibit Mode Setting ····························5-114. Writing the Network Default Setting Value

(DCR-TRV50/TRV50E) ················································5-115. B Page Table ·································································· 5-126. 1B Page Table ································································5-121-2-3. INITIALIZATION OF 8, C PAGE DATA ·····················5-131. Initializing the 8, C Page Data ······································· 5-132. Modification of 8, C Page Data ·····································5-133. 8 Page Table ··································································· 5-134. C Page Table ·································································· 5-141-2-4. INITIALIZATION OF E, F, 1E, 1F PAGE DATA ········5-161. Initializing the E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data ·························· 5-162. Modification of E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data ·························5-163. E Page Table ·································································· 5-174. F Page Table ·································································· 5-185. 1E Page Table ································································5-196. 1F Page Table ································································5-201-3. CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS ························5-211. 40.5MHz/54MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment

(VC-283 board) ·····························································5-212. HALL Adjustment ·························································5-223. MAX GAIN Adjustment ··············································· 5-234. CCD Output 2ch Matching Adjustment (1) ·················· 5-235. CCD Output 2ch Matching Adjustment (2) ·················· 5-246. MR Adjustment ·····························································5-247. Flange Back Adjustment (Using Minipattern Box) ······· 5-258. Flange Back Adjustment (Using Flange Back Adjustment

Chart and Subject More Than 500m Away) ·················5-268-1. Flange Back Adjustment (1) ·········································· 5-268-2. Flange Back Adjustment (2) ·········································· 5-269. Flange Back Check ························································5-2710. Picture Frame Setting ····················································5-2711. Color Reproduction Adjustment ····································5-2812. Auto White Balance & LV Standard Data Input ··········· 5-2913. Auto White Balance Adjustment ··································· 5-3014. White Balance Check ····················································5-3115. Mechanical Shutter Adjustment ····································5-3216. Black Defective CCD Adjustment ·································5-3217. Strobe Light Level Adjustment ·····································5-3318. Strobe White Balance Adjustment & Check ·················5-3319. AF Laser Output Adjustment ········································5-34

20. AF Laser Check ·····························································5-3521. Steady Shot Check ·························································5-361-4. COLOR ELECTRONIC VIEWFINDER SYSTEM

ADJUSTMENT ·····························································5-371. VCO Adjustment (VC-283 board) ································5-372. RGB AMP Adjustment (VC-283 board) ·······················5-383. Contrast Adjustment (VC-283 board) ···························5-384. Backlight Adjustment (VC-283 board) ·························5-395. White Balance Adjustment (VC-283 board) ·················5-391-5. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT ···································5-401. VCO Adjustment (PD-165 board) ·································5-402. RGB AMP Adjustment (PD-165 board) ························5-413. Contrast Adjustment (PD-165 board) ····························5-414. COM AMP Adjustment (PD-165 board) ·······················5-425. V COM Adjustment (PD-165 board) ····························5-426. White Balance Adjustment (PD-165 board) ·················· 5-435-2. MECHANISM SECTION ADJUSTMENT ·················· 5-442-1. HOE TO ENTER RECORD MODE WITHOUT

CASSETTE ···································································5-442-2. HOE TO ENTER PLAYBACK MODE WITHOUT

CASSETTE ···································································5-442-3. TAPE PATH ADJUSTMENT ········································5-441. Preparation for Adjustment ···········································5-442. Processing after Completing Operations: ······················ 5-445-3. VIDEO SECTION ADJUSTMENT ······························ 5-453-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENTS ············5-453-1-1.Equipment to Required ·················································· 5-453-1-2.Precautions on Adjusting ···············································5-463-1-3.Adjusting Connectors ····················································5-473-1-4.Connecting the Equipment ············································5-473-1-5.Alignment Tapes ····························································5-483-1-6. Input/Output Level and Impedance ·······························5-483-2. SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT ········5-491. Initialization of 8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1E, 1F

Page Data ·······································································5-492. Touch Panel Adjustment ················································5-493. Serial No. Input ·····························································5-503-1. Company ID Input ·························································5-503-2. Serial No. Input ·····························································5-503-3. SERVO AND RF SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT ···············5-521. Cap FG Duty Adjustment (VC-283 Board) ···················5-522. PLL f0 & LPF f0 Adjustment (VC-283 Board) ·············· 5-523. Switching Position Adjustment (VC-283 Board) ·········· 5-534. AGC Center Level and APC & AEQ Adjustment ·········5-534-1. Preparations before adjustments ····································5-534-2. AGC Center Level Adjustment (VC-283 Board) ·········· 5-534-3. APC & AEQ Adjustment (VC-283 Board) ···················5-544-4. Processing after Completing Adjustments ····················5-545. PLL f0 & LPF f0 Fine Adjustment (VC-283 Board) ······ 5-553-4. VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS ·····························5-561. Chroma BPF fo Adjustment (VC-283 Board) ···············5-562. S VIDEO OUT Y Level Adjustment (VC-283 Board) ····5-563. S VIDEO OUT Chroma Level Adjustment

(VC-283 Board) ·····························································5-574. VIDEO OUT Y, Chroma Level Check (VC-283 Board) ··5-573-5. AUDIO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS ····························5-581. Playback Level Check ···················································5-592. Overall Level Characteristics Check ·····························5-593. Overall Distortion Check ···············································5-594. Overall Noise Level Check ············································5-595. Overall Separation Check ·············································· 5-595-4. SERVICE MODE ·························································· 5-604-1. ADJUSTMENT REMOTE COMMANDER ················5-601. Using the adjustment remote commander ·····················5-602. Precautions upon using the adjustment remote

commander ····································································5-604-2. DATA PROCESS ···························································5-61

Page 6: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

— 6 —

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

4-3. SERVICE MODE ··························································5-621. Setting the Test Mode ····················································5-622. Emergence Memory Address ········································5-622-1. EMG Code (Emergency Code) ·····································5-622-2. MSW Code ····································································5-633. Bit value discrimination ················································5-644. Switch check (1) ····························································5-645. Switch check (2) ····························································5-646. Switch check (3) ····························································5-657. Switch check (4) ····························································5-658. Record of Use check (1) ················································5-669. Record of Use check (2) ················································5-6610. Record of Self-diagnosis check ·····································5-66

6. REPAIR PARTS LIST6-1. EXPLODED VIEWS ······················································ 6-16-1-1.OVERALL SECTION ·····················································6-16-1-2.CABINET (R) SECTION ··············································· 6-26-1-3.LCD SECTION ······························································· 6-36-1-4.CABINET (L) SECTION-1 ············································6-46-1-5.CABINET (L) SECTION-2 ············································6-56-1-6.EVF SECTION ································································6-66-1-7.LENS SECTION ·····························································6-76-1-8.CASSETTE COMPARTMENT ASSY, DRUM ASSY ··· 6-86-1-9.LS CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY ······························· 6-96-1-10. MECHANICAL CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY ····6-106-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ········································6-11

Parts list of the VC-283 board are not shown.Pages from 6-18 to 6-25 are not shown.

* Color reproduction frame is shown on page 187.

Page 7: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

1-1

SECTION 1SERVICE NOTE

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

1-1. SERVICE NOTE

1. POWER SUPPLY DURING REPAIRS

In this unit, about 10 seconds after power is supplied to the battery terminal using the regulated power supply (8.4V), the power is shut off sothat the unit cannot operate.This following two methods are available to prevent this. Take note of which to use during repairs.

Method 1.Use the AC power adaptor (AC-L10, AC-VQ800 etc.).

Method 2.Connect the servicing remote commander RM-95 (J-6082-053-B) to the LANC jack, and set the commander switch to the “ADJ” side.

2. HOW TO OPEN THE FLASH WHEN THE FLASH DOESN’T OPEN

VC-283 board

CN1010

: Unloading

: Loading

Loading motor

DC power supply(+4.5Vdc)

Disconnect from CN1010 (27P) of VC-283 board

3. TO TAKE OUT A CASSETTE WHEN NOT EJECT (FORCE EJECT)1 Refer to 2-3 to remove the top cabinet section.2 Refer to 2-4 to remove the front panel section.3 Refer to 2-6, 2-7 to remove the cabinet (R) section.4 Refer to 2-8 to remove the BT panel assembly.5 Refer to 2-9 to remove the BT-003 board. (DCR-TRV50/

TRV50E)6 Refer to 2-10 to remove the external connector and shoe base.7 Refer to 2-11, 2-12 to remove the EVF block.8 Refer to 2-17 to remove the DD-176 board.9 Remove the mechanism deck and VC-283 board.q; Disconnect CN1010 (27P, 0.3mm) of VC-283 board.qa Supply +4.5V from the DC power supply to the loading motor

and unload with a pressing the cassette compartment.

A

5

2 Screw (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

1 Screw (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

3 Claw

4 Top cabinetOpen the Flash unit by pushing the portion A.

Page 8: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

1-2

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

4. DISCHARGING OF THE FLASHLIGHT POWER SUPPLY CAPACITORThe power supply capacitor of the flash unit is charged up to the maximum 300V potential.There is a danger of electric shock by this high voltage when the capacitor is handled by hand. The electric shock is caused by the chargedvoltage which is kept without discharging when the main power of the unit is simply turned off. Therefore, the remaining voltage must bedischarged as described below.

4-1. PREPARING THE SHORT JIGTo preparing the short jig. a small clip is attached to each end of a resistor of 1kΩ/1W (1-215-869-11).Wrap insulating tape fully around the reads of the resistor to prevent electric shock.

4-2. DISCHARGING THE CAPACITOR1 Remove the power supply (Battery or AC power adaptor).2 Open the cassette lid (grip cabinet).3 Remove the two screws with which the grip cover is fixed.4 Remove the grip cover.5 Remove the insulation sheet.6 Short circuit between 3 and # terminal of the capacitor with the short jig about 10 seconds.

Note for installing the grip coverWhen installing the grip cover, insert it in the claws of the grip cabinet.

1 kΩ/1 W

Wrap insulating tape.

3 Two screws, tapping (M1.7 × 5) 4 Grip cover

5 Insulation sheet

6

2 Open the cassette lid.

Power supply capacitor

Flash unit

Short jig

Grip cover

Two claws

Page 9: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

1-3

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

1-2. SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION

1. SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTIONWhen problems occur while the unit is operating, the self-diagnosisfunction starts working, and displays on the viewfinder, LCD screenor LCD window what to do. This function consists of two display;self-diagnosis display and service mode display.Details of the self-diagnosis functions are provided in the Instructionmanual.

2. SELF-DIAGNOSIS DISPLAYWhen problems occur while the unit is operating, the counter of theviewfinder, LCD screen or LCD window consists of an alphabetand 4-digit numbers, which blinks at 3.2 Hz. This 5-character displayindicates the “repaired by:”, “block” in which the problem occurred,and “detailed code” of the problem.

3. SERVICE MODE DISPLAYThe service mode display shows up to six self-diagnosis codes shown in the past.

3-1. Display MethodWhile pressing the “STOP” key, set the switch from OFF to “VCR”, and continue pressing the “STOP” key for 5 seconds continuously. Theservice mode will be displayed, and the counter will show the backup No. and the 5-character self-diagnosis codes.

3-2. Switching of Backup No.By rotating the control dial, past self-diagnosis codes will be shown in order. The backup No. in the [ ] indicates the order in which theproblem occurred. (If the number of problems which occurred is less than 6, only the number of problems which occurred will be shown.)[1] : Occurred first time [4] : Occurred fourth time[2] : Occurred second time [5] : Occurred fifth time[3] : Occurred third time [6] : Occurred the last time

3-3. End of DisplayTurning OFF the power supply will end the service mode display.

Order of previous errors

Backup No. Self-diagnosis Codes

C : 3 1 : 1 1[3]

Lights up

Viewfinder or LCD screen

[3] C : 3 1 : 1 1 3 C : 3 1 : 11LCD window

1 13 1

C : 3 1 : 11

C

Repaired by:

Refer to page 1-4.Self-diagnosis Code Table.

Indicates the appropriatestep to be taken.E.g.31 ....Reload the tape.32 ....Turn on power again.

Block Detailed Code

Blinks at 3.2Hz

C : Corrected by customerH : Corrected by dealerE : Corrected by service

engineer

Viewfinder or LCD screen LCD window

C : 3 1 : 1 1

Control dial

Note: The “self-diagnosis display” data will be kept even if the lithium battery (CK-115 board BT5201 of the cabinet (R) assembly) is removed.

LCD window

Page 10: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

1-4E

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

4. SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE TABLE

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

E

E

E

E

BlockFunction

0 4

2 1

2 2

3 1

3 1

3 1

3 1

3 1

3 1

3 1

3 1

3 1

3 1

3 1

3 1

3 2

3 2

3 2

3 2

3 2

3 2

3 2

3 2

6 1

6 1

6 2

6 2

DetailedCode

0 0

0 0

0 0

1 0

1 1

2 0

2 1

2 2

2 3

2 4

3 0

4 0

4 2

1 0

1 1

2 0

2 1

2 2

2 3

2 4

3 0

4 0

4 2

0 0

1 0

0 0

0 1

Symptom/State

Non-standard battery is used.

Condensation.

Video head is dirty.

LOAD direction. Loading does notcomplete within specified time

UNLOAD direction. Loading does notcomplete within specified time

T reel side tape slacking when unloading.

Winding S reel fault when counting therest of tape.

T reel fault.

S reel fault.

T reel fault.

FG fault when starting capstan.

FG fault when starting drum.

FG fault during normal drum operations.

LOAD direction loading motor time-out.

UNLOAD direction loading motortime-out.

T reel side tape slacking whenunloading.

Winding S reel fault when counting therest of tape.

T reel fault.

S reel fault.

T reel fault.

FG fault when starting capstan.

FG fault when starting drum

FG fault during normal drumoperations

Difficult to adjust focus(Cannot initialize focus.)

Zoom operations fault(Cannot initialize zoom lens.)

Steadyshot function does not work well.(With pitch angular velocity sensor outputstopped.)

Steadyshot function does not work well.(With yaw angular velocity sensor outputstopped.)

Self-diagnosis Code

Rep

aire

d by

:

Correction

Use the info LITHIUM battery.

Remove the cassette, and insert it again after one hour.

Clean with the optional cleaning cassette.

Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.

Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.

Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.

Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.

Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.

Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.

Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.

Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.

Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.

Load the tape again, and perform operations from the beginning.

Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and performoperations from the beginning.

Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and performoperations from the beginning.

Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and performoperations from the beginning.

Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and performoperations from the beginning.

Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and performoperations from the beginning.

Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and performoperations from the beginning.

Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and performoperations from the beginning.

Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and performoperations from the beginning.

Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and performoperations from the beginning.

Remove the battery or power cable, connect, and performoperations from the beginning.

Inspect the lens block focus MR sensor (Pin 8,9 of CN1301 ofVC-283 board) when focusing is performed when the focus ringis rotated in the focus manual mode, and the focus motor drivecircuit (IC1302 of VC-283 board) when the focusing is notperformed.

Inspect the lens block zoom MR sensor (Pin ql,w; of CN1301 ofVC-283 board) when zooming is performed when the zoom lensis operated and the zoom motor drive circuit (IC1302 of VC-283board) when zooming is not performed.

Inspect pitch angular velocity sensor (SE5351 of JK-219 board)peripheral circuits.

Inspect yaw angular velocity sensor (SE5352 of JK-219 board)peripheral circuits.

Page 11: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-1

SECTION 2DISASSEMBLY

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

The following flow chart shows the disassembly procedure.D

CR

-TR

V40

/TR

V40

E/T

RV

50/T

RV

50E

2-1. LCD section (PD-165 board) (page 2-3) PD-165 board service position

DD-176 board service position

(page 2-3)

LB-078 board service position (page 2-5)

2-5. MA-408 board (page 2-7)

(page 2-9)

MA-408 board service position

2-8. Battery section

(page 2-16)2-20. VC-283 board, Mechanism deck (3)

2-30. Hinge assembly

(page 2-14)

(page 2-19)

(page 2-23)

SERVICE POSITION TO CHECK THE CMERA SECTION

(page 2-18)SERVICE POSITION TO CHECK THE VTR SECTION

(page 2-7)

2-2. EVF section (LB-078 board) (page 2-4)

2-3. Top cabinet (page 2-5)

2-4. Front panel section (page 2-6)

2-6. Cabinet (R) section (1) (page 2-8)

2-7. Cabinet (R) section (2) (page 2-8)

2-9. BT-003 board (TRV50/TRV50E) (page 2-9)

2-10. External connector (hot shoe) (page 2-10)

2-11. DD heat sink (page 2-10)

2-12. EVF section (page 2-11)

2-17. DD-176 board (page 2-14)

2-18. VC-283 board, Mechanism deck (1) (page 2-15)

2-19. VC-283 board, Mechanism deck (2) (page 2-15)

2-21. Lens section (page 2-16)

2-22. JK-219 board (page 2-17)

2-23. CD-381 board, 690C (CZ) block assembly (Lens device) (page 2-17)

2-13. Flash unit (Flash section) (1) (page 2-11)

2-14. Flash unit (Flash section) (2) (page 2-12)

2-15. Flash unit (Flash section) (3) (page 2-12)

2-16. Flash unit (Flash section) (4) (page 2-13)

2-24. CS frame assembly (page 2-20)

2-25. Flash unit (page 2-20) 2-26. Control switch block (PS-2890) (page 2-21)

2-27. Memory stick connector (page 2-21)2-28. CK-115 board, Speaker (2.0cm) (page 2-22)

2-29. Hinge section (page 2-22)

Page 12: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-2

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

1

16

Adjustment remotecommander (RM-95)

AC poweradaptor AC IN

CPC-7 jig(J-6082-382-A)

CPC lid

[CONNECTION OF EQUIPMENT]

Screw(M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

Page 13: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-3

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

NOTE: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.

2-1. LCD SECTION (PD-165 BOARD)

PD-165

PD-165

4 P cabinet (c) assembly

7 P cabinet (M), Cushion (C), Ground plate (P)

q; Liquid crystal indicator module

8 Touch panel

9 Cushion (L)

qa Back light (Cold cathode fluorescent tube)

Back light(Cold cathode fluorescent tube)

Touch panel

1 Two screws (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

B

A

DC

B

A

5 Two dowels

6 Claw

C

D

qs PD-165 board, Inverter transformer unit, Indication LCD block assembly, P frame assembly

1

16

Inverter transformer unit

2 Two screws (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

[PD-165 BOARD SERVICE POSITION]

Liquid crystal indicator module

3 Five claws

Adjustment remotecommander (RM-95)

AC poweradaptor AC IN

CPC-7 jig(J-6082-382-A)

PD-165 board

Page 14: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-4

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2-2. EVF SECTION (LB-078 BOARD)

B A

2 Two tapping screws (M1.7 × 6)

4 VF cabinet (upper) assembly

6 VF lens assembly

7 LB-078 board, Lamp guide

q; LB-078 board

9 Lamp guide

5 Three clawsPrism sheet

Illuminator

3Two claws

8 Two claws

1 Raise the EVF in the direction of the arrow A and slide it in the direction of the arrow B.

When separating the 7 LB-078 board and Lamp guide from the 6 VF lens assembly by removing the three 5 claws, do not face the side of the VF lens assembly on which the LB-078 board is installed, downwards. Because the Illuminator and others may fall out of the VF lens assembly, hold the illuminator and others using tape or paper as shown to prevent them from falling. Be careful on this point especially when removing the LB-078 board and Lamp guide because the three claws located in the VF lens assembly are easy to break.

Hold the illuminator and others using tape or paper as shown to prevent them from falling.

Caution

Page 15: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-5

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

1

16

VF lens assemblyLB-078 board

[LB-078 BOARD SERVICE POSITION]

Adjustment remotecommander (RM-95)

AC poweradaptor AC IN

CPC-7 jig(J-6082-382-A)

2-3. TOP CABINET

2 Screw (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

1 Screw (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

3 Claw

4 Top cabinet

Page 16: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-6

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2-4. FRONT PANEL SECTION

B

A

7 JK-219 board (37P)

1

4 Screw (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

6 Remove the Front panel section in the direction of the arrow B.

3 Open the jack cover assembly

2 Two screws (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

8 Front panel section

Open the Flash unit by pushing the portion A.

Because the 7 Front panel section is connected to the main unit by the 6 JK-219 board, the flexible board may be damaged if you remove the Front panel section forcibly. Be very careful not to damage the flexible board.

CautionCaution

5 Screw (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

Page 17: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-7

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2-5. MA-408 BOARD

5 Microphone unit (4P)

2 Groove

6 MA-408 board

MA-408 board

4 SE-124 board (8P)

JK-219 board (37P)

1 Screw (M1.7 × 2.5), lock ace, p2

3 Screw (M1.7 × 2.5), lock ace, p2

1

16

[MA-408 BOARD SERVICE POSITION]

Adjustment remotecommander (RM-95)

AC poweradaptor AC IN

CPC-7 jig(J-6082-382-A)

Page 18: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-8

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2-6. CABINET (R) SECTION (1)

1 Screw (M1.7 × 2.5), lock ace, p2

2 Screw (M1.7 × 2.5), lock ace, p2

2-7. CABINET (R) SECTION (2)

A

2 Screw (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

8 Cabinet (R) section

5 Remove the Cabinet (R) section in the direction of the arrow A.

1 Screw (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

Because the 8 Cabinet (R) section is connected to the main unit using the 7 FP-456 flexible board, the flexible board may be damaged if you remove the Cabinet (R) section forcibly. Be very careful not to damage the flexible board.

4 Screw (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

3 Open the cassette lid

7 FP-456 flexible board (51P)

6 Dowel

Caution

Page 19: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-9

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2-8. BATTERY SECTION

A

1 Screw (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

1 Screw (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

2 Strap bracket (lower)

4 Battery terminal board

3 BT panel assembly

3 Two screws (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

6 Battery terminal board (6P)

5 Remove the BT panel section in the direction of the arrow A.

7 BT panel section

2 CPC lid

4 Open the cassette lid

VC-283

2-9. BT-003 BOARD (TRV50/TRV50E)

BT-003

VC-283

1 Two screws, lock ace

4 BT-003 board

2 Antenna (2.4 G)

3 FP-457 flexible board (15P)

JK-219 board

Route the Antenna (2.4 G) cord underneath the JK-219 board.

Caution

Page 20: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-10

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2-10.EXTERNAL CONNECTOR (HOT SHOE)

VC-283

A

2 Two screws (M1.7 × 2.5), lock ace, p2

1 Slide the EVF in the direction of the arrow A.

Be careful because the 6 FP-459 flexible board may be damaged if it is removed forcibly from the 5 External connector.

6 FP-459 flexible board (15P)

3 Two dowels

4 Two claws

5 Remove the External connector (hot shoe) and Shoe base in the direction of the arrow B.

B

Shoe baseCaution

2-11.DD HEAT SINK

VC-283

DD-176

1 Two screws (M1.7 × 2.5), lock ace, p2

3 NT frame

4 Two dowels

2 Dowel 5 Remove the DD heat sink and DD radiation sheet B in the direction of the arrow.

(TRV50/TRV50E)

Page 21: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-11

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2-12.EVF SECTION

2-13.FLASH UNIT (FLASH SECTION) (1)

VC-283

DD-176

1 Two tapping screws (M1.7 × 5)

4 EVF section

2 FP-458 flexible board (21P)3 Remove the EVF section

from the groove.

2 Two screws (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

3 Remove the Grip cover in the direction of the arrow.

1 Open the cassette lid

4 Turn over the insulating sheet

5Flash unit

Shorting jig(1kΩ / 1w)

Power supplycapacitor

6 Remove the flexible board (45P) from the CN4607.

The power supply capacitor of the Flash unit is charged to the voltage as high as 300 V at a maximum. The high voltage is not discharged even after the main power of the machine is simply turned off and the charged potential still remains.Discharge the residual voltage by referring to Service Note (page 1-2).

Caution

Caution

Page 22: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-12

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2-14.FLASH UNIT (FLASH SECTION) (2)

VC-283

DD-176

5 Tapping screw (M1.7 × 5)

1 From the flash unit (33P)

2 Dowel

4 Remove the ST cover in the direction of the arrow.

3 Claw

2-15.FLASH UNIT (FLASH SECTION) (3)

VC-283

DD-176

2 From the flash unit (45P)

The Flash unit (45P) 2 is routed through the gap between the cabinet L section and the mechanism deck assembly. If the Flash unit is removed forcibly, the other flexible boards may be damaged because the Flash unit is removed from the gap. Be careful not to damage the flexible board.

3 Two dowels

4 Flash unit

1 Open the cassette lid Caution

Caution

Page 23: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-13

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2-16.FLASH UNIT (FLASH SECTION) (4)

6 Screw (M1.7 × 2.5), lock ace, p2

8 Bolt (M1.4 × 3)

2 Two claws

4 Two dowels

7 Two dowels

9 Two dowels

3 ST cabinet (upper)

5 ST cabinet (lower)

qa Flash unit

0 ST hinge assembly

Hinge assembly

To install the Flash unit into the Hinge assembly, set the switch position as shown in the illustration.

1 Two tapping screws (M1.7 × 5)

Flash unit

Caution

Page 24: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-14

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2-17.DD-176 BOARD

DD-

176

VC-283

1

16

MA-408 board (37P)

DD-176 board

LB-078 board

[DD-176 BOARD SERVICE POSITION]

Adjustment remotecommander (RM-95)

FP-458 flexible board(21P)

JK-219 board (37P)

AC poweradaptor AC IN

CPC-7 jig(J-6082-382-A)

Extension cord (100P)(J-6082-413-A)

Battery terminal board(6P)

Front panel section

VF lens assembly

DD-

176

VC-283

4 Two screws (M1.7 × 2.5), lock ace, p2

2 FP-459 flexible board (20P)

6 DD-176 board

7 VC heat sink, VC radiation sheet B, VC insulating sheet

3 Zoom cover

5 Board to board connector (100P)

1 From the flash unit (33P)

Page 25: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-15

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2-18.VC-283 BOARD, MECHANISM DECK (1)

VC-283

4 From the Control switch block (FK-2890)(27P)

1 From the JK-219 board (80P)

3 From the Lens device (27P)

2 From the CD-381 board (40P)

2-19.VC-283 BOARD, MECHANISM DECK (2)

VC-283

1 Four screws (M1.7 × 2.5), lock ace, p2

3 Mechanism deck, VC-283 board, MD frame assembly

2 Five dowels

VC-283 board

MD frame assembly

Page 26: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-16

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2-20.VC-283 BOARD, MECHANISM DECK (3)

2-21.LENS SECTION

VC-283

1 Two screws (M1.7 × 2.5), lock ace, p2

3 Remove the VC-283 board in the direction of the arrow.

7 Mechanism deck, VC-283 board

5 Three dowels

6 MD frame assembly, MD heat insulating sheet

4 Four screws (M1.4 × 1.5)

2 Two grooves

C

C

2 ST cover

ST cover

3 Tapping screw (M1.7 × 3.5)

4 Lens section

2 Flash unit (Flash section)

1 Two claws

AB

Claw

Push the claw in the direction of the arrow A and remove the ST cover by pulling it.

1 Tapping screw (M1.7 × 5)

Page 27: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-17

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2-22.JK-219 BOARD

1 Screw (M1.7 × 2.5), lock ace, p2

3 Claw

2 Screw (M1.7 × 2.5), lock ace, p2

4 Screw (M1.7 × 2.5), lock ace, p2

6JK-219 board

5 Two screws (M1.7 × 2.5), lock ace, p2

A

B

A

B

2 Antenna (2.4G)

1 Two screws (M1.7 × 2.5), lock ace, p2

4 Tapping screw (M1.7 × 3.5)

3 Tapping screw (M1.7 × 3.5)

1 Two tapping screws (M1.7 × 5)

5 Lens frame

6 CD heat sink assembly7

4 Remove the soldering.

2 Optical filter block

3 Seal rubber (W)

5 CCD block assembly

6 CD-381 board

7 690C (CZ) block assembly (Lens device)

(TRV50/TRV50E)

2-23.CD-381 BOARD, 690C (CZ) BLOCK ASSEMBLY (LENS DEVICE)

Page 28: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-18

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

VC-283

DD-176

1

16

1

16

VC-283 board

JK-219 board

MA-408 board

Adjustment remotecommander (RM-95)

AC poweradaptor AC IN

CPC-7 jig(J-6082-382-A)

Mechanism deck

Cabinet (L) section

DD-176 board

Extension cord (100P)(J-6082-413-A)To eject the cassette, connect the Cabinet (L)

section to the CN1007 on the VC-283 board.

Battery terminal board(6P)

[SERVICE POSITION TO CHECK THE VTR SECTION]Connection to Check the VTR SectionTo check the VTR section, set the VTR to the “Forced VTR power ON” mode.Operate the VTR functions using the adjustment remote commander (with the HOLD switch set in the OFF position).

Setting the “Forced VTR Power ON” mode

1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: 0, address: 10, and set data: 00.3) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 02, and

press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remotecommander.

Exiting the “Forced VTR Power ON” mode

1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: 0, address: 10, and set data: 00.3) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.4) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

Page 29: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-19

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

VC-283

DD-176

[SERVICE POSITION TO CHECK THE CAMERA SECTION]Connection to Check the Camera SectionTo check the CAMERA section, set the CAMERA to the “Forced camera power ON” mode.When you want to operate the ZOOM and FOCUS, use the controls on the remote commander (with HOLD switch off).

Setting the “Forced Camera Power ON” mode

1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: 0, address: 10, and set data: 00.3) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 01, and

press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remotecommander.

Exiting the “Forced Camera Power ON” mode

1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: 0, address: 10, and set data: 00.3) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.4) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

VC-283 board

JK-219 board

MA-408 board

Adjustment remotecommander (RM-95)

AC poweradaptor AC IN

Mechanism deck

Lens section

DD-176 board

Extension cord (100P)(J-6082-413-A)

Battery terminal board(6P)

Page 30: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-20

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2-24.CS FRAME ASSEMBLY(Before starting disassembling, remove the glip cover and discharge the power supply capacitor referring to section 2-13)

2-25.FLASH UNIT

1 FP-460 flexible board (15P)

6 CS frame assembly

3 Two tapping screws (M1.7 × 5)

2 Three tapping screws (M1.7 × 5)

4 Two tapping screws (M1.7 × 3.5)

5 Four dowels

3 Flash unit

2 Remove the flexible board (45P) from the CN4607. 1 Tapping screw

(M1.7 × 5)

Page 31: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-21

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2-26.CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (PS-2890)

3 Control switch block (PS-2890)

2 Control switch block (PS-2890)(8P)

1 Tapping screw (M1.7 × 5)

2-27.MEMORY STICK CONNECTOR

Eject knob

Caution

When removing the 3 Grip block assembly, be careful that it can be easily caught by the dowel and the protrusion of the Eject knob shown in the illustration. Because the Eject knob is caught by the Grip block assembly, the Eject knob can be easily removed if it is separated from the Grip block assembly.

Dowel

7 Memory stick connector4 Eject knob

1 Two tapping screws (M1.7 × 5)

3 Grip lock assembly

6 Control switch block (FK-2890)(10P)

5 Screw (M1.7 × 2.5), lock ace, p2

2 Two screws (M1.7 × 2.5), lock ace, p2

Page 32: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-22

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2-28.CK-115 BOARD, SPEAKER (2.0CM)

4 Two claws

1 FP-461 flexible board (6P)

qa Two tapping screws (M1.7 × 3.5)

0 SP insulating sheet

3 Tapping screw (M1.7 × 3.5)

qs Speaker retainer assembly

qd Speaker (2.0cm)

8 Speaker (2P)

2 Harness (PC-122)(10P)

5 Harness (PC-121)(20P)

9 CK-115 board

6 Control switch block (KP-2890)(8P)

7 Control switch block (KY-2890)(10P)

2-29.HINGE SECTION

1 FP-461 flexible board (6P)

2 Harness (PC-122)(10P)

3 Harness (PC-121)(20P)

5 Hinge section

4 Two screws (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

Page 33: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-23

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2-30.HINGE ASSEMBLY

4 Two claws

6 Hinge cover (rear)

5 Hinge cover (front)

qa Hinge assembly

8 FP-461 flexible board (6P)

7 Screw (M1.7 × 2.5), lock ace, p2

2 Screw (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

3 Two screws (M1.7 × 4), lock ace, p2

9 Harness (PC-122)(10P)

1 Rotate the Hinge assembly in the direction of the arrow A.

q; Harness (PC-121)(20P)

A

Page 34: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-24

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

LB-078

BT-003

CK-115

PD-165

BLUE TOOTH (Schematic diagram and printed wiring board to replace blocks are not listed.) CCD IMAGERCONTROL SWITCHDC/DC CONVERTERAV IN/OUT, STEADY SHOTEVF BACKLIGHTMIC AMP, REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER, LANC, EXT MICRGB DRIVE, TIMING GENERATOR, LCD DRIVE, BACKLIGHTMF SENSOR

CAMERA PROCESS, DV PROCESS, VIDEO PROCESS, SERVO, CAMERA/MECHA CONTROL, HI CONTROL, AUDIO PROCESS, USB I/F

BT-003CD-381CK-115DD-176JK-219LB-078MA-408PD-165SE-124

VC-283

NAME FUNCTION

MA-408

DD-176

SE-124

VC-283

JK-219

CD-381

INVERTERTRANSFORMER UNIT

2-31.CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION

Page 35: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

2-25E

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK (PS-2890)

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(KP-2890)

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(FK-2890)

FLASH UNIT

FP-461

FP-460

FP-457(TRV50/TRV50E)

FP-459

FP-458

FP-456

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(KY-2890)

2-32.FLEXIBLE BOARDS LOCATIONThe flexible boards contained in the mechanism deck are not shown.

Page 36: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

LinkLink

3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS

OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (4/4)

POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2)

OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/4)

OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/4) POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2)

OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/4)

OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (4/4)

POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2)

OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/4)

OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/4) POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2)

OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/4)

Page 37: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS

3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/4)

3-1 3-2

SECTION 3BLOCK DIAGRAMS

( ) : Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.

X250120MHz

X210124.576MHz

55

IC1502

135

59

63

139

PANEL G

CAM SO,SI,SCK

29

PANEL B

IC2302

814

TPA+,-TPB+,-

PANEL R

ZOOM MOTORDRIVE

I HALL AD

ND HALL ADAUDIOA/D CONV.

138

106

75

79

DV IN/OUT

73

2

AD0 0-13

65

71

DV SIGNAL

5

37

159

IC1501

PROCESS

IRIS DRIVE+,-

9

105

41•

33

78•

79

161

135

Y

4

IRIS HALL +,-

CCD OUT1P,1M

CCD OUT2P,2M

XSHD1,XSHP1,CLPDMV1-V4RG,H1,H2

6

170

78

C

L BUS

LCKO

179

12

DV INTERFACE

68

31

3

MC BUS

75

FMR A,B

ZMR A,B

IC2102

128

TRCK

77

CN1006

2

TIMINGGENERATOR

1

21

19

CN5303

FOCUS MOTORDRIVE

136

42

13

45

47

CD-381 BOARD

LCK

17

145

EXT STROBOSTROBO ON

STROBO ONEXT STROBO

142

16

27

26

8

9

51

141

127

153

IC1302

156

152

L

133

132

R

Y

C

127

IC2101

99

134

61

59

62

97

79

VC-283 BOARD(1/4)

ND HALL AD

81

EVF G

I HALL AD

2

83

12

IC5351

LENS ASSY

(PAGE 3-5)

(PAGE 3-3)

(PAGE 3-7)

M

M

IC2501

18

PITCH ADYAW/PITCH

8

H

IRIS(SHUTTER)

SENSOR

YAW AD

AMP

MANUAL

129

YAW SENSOR

PITCH SENSOR

17

5

ND FILTERDRIVE

SE5352

9

SE5351

M

8

(1/2)

HD,VD

DATA TO SFD

FOCUSMOTOR

FOCUS

EVF R

DATA FROM SFD

1-4 11-14

PHOTESENSOR

FB-124 BOARD

MA-408 BOARD(1/3)

JK-219BOARD(1/5)

EVF B

SFD BCK

5

88

123

120

VSP SO,SI,SCK

20

FRRV,TRRV,TRRT

6

18

FRRV,TRRV,TRRT

PANEL R,G,B

HD,VD

EVF R,G,B

Y

C

DATA TO SFDDATA FROM SFDSFD BCK

CAMERA CONTROL

CN6201

CN5903

CN5303

CN1006

PH6301,PH6302

21

ATF ERR

ZOOMMOTOR

PB CK

66

56

25

6

AD DT

Y0-Y7

C4-C7

Y0-Y7

A0-A23

D0-D15

HS TXD,RXD,SCK

TXD BT,RXD BT,SCK BT

M

CN1301

C0-C3

HD,VD,OEHD,VD,OE

CCDIMAGER

NIGHT SHOT

IRISMETER

5

19

17

23

205

201

MC BUS

211

210MF A,B

TOOVERALLBLOCK DIAGRAM(3/4)

TOOVERALLBLOCK DIAGRAM(2/4)

213

ZOOM VR AD

6

207

HS TXD,RXD,SCK

IC2301

CN5301

215

130

67

203

211USBI/F

199

3

CN1501CN7301

CN7301

CN1501

32

20

21

1

1

REC DT

3

41

REC CK

7

TOOVERALLBLOCK DIAGRAM(4/4)

3

11

8

A/D CONV.IC7301

5 8 38 40

65

24

7

6

1

2

47

35

37

38

2 3 4 22 23

40

44

9

12

13

X1501

54MHz(DCR-TRV40/TRV50)40.5MHz(DCR-TRV40E/TRV50E)

29

30

IRISDRIVE

17

7

15

16

13

14

8

9

10

11

23

2

9

10

21

4

11

12

95

97

96

25

74

196

48

CHCK

CAM SO,SI,SCK

A0-A13

Y0-Y7

C0-C7

D0-D15

CHCK

HD,VD,FLD

PBLK

44

57

AD1 0-13

41

28

17

30

CLPOB

XNS SW

IC1601CAMERAPROCESS

102121 154 133

IC170164MbitSDRAM

20 35 2 13 42 53•

A0-A13 D0-D15

4

7

VCK

Y0-Y7

DSCK

C0-C3

Y0-Y7

C0-C3C0-C7

HD,VD,OE HD,VD,OE

HD,VD

COL0-3

ADAI2

ADAO2

SFD BCK

Y0-Y7

VSP SO,SI,SCK

C4-C7

15

16 10 S/H

IC7302

(1/19)

(1/19)

(2/19)

(1/19)

(4/19) (7/19)

(8/19)

(4/19)

(6/19) (6/19)

(5/19)

(5/19)

(11/19)

(DCR-TRV50/TRV50E)

(15/19)

(3/19)

(3/19)

25

23

ND HALL +,-

FC PWMFC EN SPCK

(IC1704)

ZM PWMZM EN

IP PWMIP EN

ND PWMND EN

ND DRIVE+,-

FOCUS +,-

ZOOM +,-

NDFILTERMATER

H

MR

MR

36

37

44

45

IC1304

FORCUS/ZOOM/IRIS/

ND FILTERCONTROL

14

1518

41

40

12

13

61

60

53

52

6

3

5

IC1801EVR6

7

17 16 22

14 18 9

14 18 9

18

19

54

52

38

40

24

26

32

20

24

26

15

16

13

76

75

64

61

60

8

9

10

2

1

72

61

3

1

175

169

9 2 34 27 22 11•

44

177

IC1704

A16-A23 D0-D7

153

|

170

48

47

117

118

119

65

72

76

83

91

|

97

99

|

115

34

2

6

IC2001

VIDEOA/D CONV.

38

37

36

42

49

52

59

84

85

86

144

137

133

128

139

7

6

140

43

46

27

28

42

HD,VD,OE

HD,VD,OE

58

47

54

57

190

195

194

191

65 82 63

8

18

24

206

202

212

214

208

216

204

200

22

2 49

13 15

611

183

184

88

87

61

62

93

60

39

221

223

IC2905DIGITALSTILL

CONTROL

187

184 4

215

213

IC3002

(10/19)

(10/19)

2510

48161

45

36

38

29

64MbitSDRAM

IC3001

35

26

29

20

53

13

42

2

XTALOSC

X290148MHz

IC2904

AFCK

DSCK(IC1704)

XTAL 48M LK

XTAL 48M LK(IC2904)

USB D+,D-

USB D+,D-

SPCK(IC1704)

ASDATA

LCKO (IC2101)

MCLK

238•

239

JK-219BOARD(2/5)

JK-219BOARD (3/5)

CONTROLSWITCHBLOCK(1/2)(FK-2890)

2

4

6

MS BS,DIO,SCLK MEMORYSTICK

(USB)

CN5302CN5303CN1006

CN1007

70

68

70

68USB D+,D-

4

3

5

4

4

6

5

12

10

11

MPEGMOVIE

PROCESS

CHARACTERGENERATOR

AUDIO

DIGITALSTILL

PROCESS

SPCK(IC1704)

Y0-

Y7

C0-

C7

SPCK(IC1704)

AFCK(IC2001)

AFCK(IC2001)

SPCK

Y

C

5 8 38 40

(1/2)

64MbitFLASH

MEMORY

78

77

5

4

78

77

195

196

193

CN101 CN1004

BLUETOOTHUNIT TXD BT, RXD BT,SCK BT

46

43

46

43

1

2

3

Page 38: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS

3-3 3-4

3-2. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/4) ( ) : Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.

10098969492908886

PD-165 BOARD(1/2)

VC-283 BOARD(2/4) CK-115BOARD

(1/3)

RGBDRIVE

VCOM

VR,VG,VB

COM

LCD UNIT3.5 INCH

LCD901

CN5701

CN5805

CN5206

CN5207

CN5201CN1005 CN5806

CN5802

IC5701484746

27

202224

4039

TIMINGGENERATOR

SP901SPEAKER

HD OUT

IC5702

148

464542

2 94

13

24

11

192021

5

1013

18

1

5

2CN5205

CN6101

LEDON/OFF

CN4603

CN4601

21

10

10

9

98

2

910

21

231822

2019

1716

44455051

VGPANEL COM

XHD OUT

PANEL R,G B

HDVD

1

15

VD,SO,SCK

31

293430

3233

3635

3

1

957

1113

PANEL VGCN1012CPCADJUSTMENTS

PANEL R,G,B

DATA TO SFD

VD SO, SI, SCK

VSP SO, SCK

DATA FROM SFDSFD BCK

HD,VD

PANEL COM

TOOVER ALLBLOCK DIAGRAM (1/4)

TOOVER ALLBLOCK DIAGRAM (3/4)

H STARTEVF VCOEVF VG

IC4202TIMING

GENERATOR

LCDUNIT

14

1315

1612

3

LB-078 BOARD

MA-408 BOARD(2/3)

107

11

9

18

8

4

121511

13

4

14

18 BACK LIGHT DRIVE

D6102BACKLIGHT

R,G,B

COM

Q6102

IC6101

CN6102

LCD903

CN1003

IC4201RGB

DRIVE

EVF R,G,B

VD SO,SI, SCK

HD

VCO

G

VD

202224

464542

484746

14

2 8

148

4039

810

24

12

YC

GG

54

55

5153

1917

467

3634

2523

4649

6263

64

181422

394842

2

YCV

L

C J5302

VIDEO IN/OUT

V

JK-219 BOARD

DD-176 BOARD(1/4)

(4/5)

R

R

LR

L

R

L

R

V

L

J5303

R

53

61

62

5857

4963

L

HP RHP L

R

CN5901

CN5903

INTELLIGENTACCESSORYSHOE (1/2)

CN5303

VSP SO,SCK

CN1006

CN4604

L

Y

IC4301AUDIO

I/O

IC4101

YC

YC

9 10

DATA FROM SFDIC4302

D/A CONV.A/D CONV.

CN5303 CN1006

RL

R

R

L

L

RL

DATA TO SFDSFD BCK

(17/19)

(12/19)

(13/19)

(13/19)

(17/19)

1516

32

98

12MIC AMP

IC5901

1

333

35

2214

EVF R,G,B

Y

L

R

Y

C

C

3648

MIC901

MIC L

MIC R

J6202MIC

(PLUG IN POWER)

S VIDEO

AUDIO/VIDEO

J5301

15 3

10

10

9

98

15

2

910

1

53

61

62

5857

4963

8721

212319

222420

222420

95979993

89

58

959799

10098969492908886

93

89

58

INVERTERBLOCK

BACKLIGHTDRIVE

ND901BACKLIGHT

BWM

P UNREGBL ON

PANEL 4.6VQ5801,5802

SP+,–

SHOE MIC L

15 14

SHOE MIC L

FOR

(PAGE 3-2)

(PAGE 3-5)

COLOR

(HEADPHONES)

3

4

Page 39: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS

3-3. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (3/4)

3-5 3-6

( ) : Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.

X250120MHz

16

MODE SW A - MODE SW C

CONTROL

SREEL FG

CAP ON,CAP FWD

DRUM PWM

FRRVTRRTTRRV

TAPE LED ON

13

CAP PWM

LOAD,UNLOAD

DRUM PG

15

DEW AD66

63

65

36

38

1

80

77

75

67

64

33

32

72

69

63

68

65

74

78

76

82

80

83

69

67

70

84

179

178

52

32

33

45

CAP FG

TAPE END

TAPE TOP

106

DRUM FG

TREEL FG

MECHA

108

EEPROM

2-4

VSP SO,SI,SCK

VD SO,SI,SCK

VSP SO,SI,SCKVSP SO,SCK

FRRV TRRT,TRRV

MC BUS

HI SO,SI,SCK

REC PROOF

LD ON

PD OUT

CHIME SDA,CHIME SCK,CHIME VDD

XCC DOWN

(2/2)

LPF

CAP ERROR

DRUM ERROR

72

78

IC4501(1/2)

PWM

26

24

SWITCHING

SWITCHING

Q4509

Q4510

20

SENSOR

MOTOR

J MECHA DECK

DRUM FG AMP

S902

1

LOADINGDRIVE MOTOR

H901

H902

CC DOWNS903

CN1010

D901

5

11

CONNECTOR

TAPE TOP SENSOR

Q901

DRUM FG

CAPSTAN

MODE

24

SENSOR

15

S REEL

SWITCH

XCC DOWN

S REEL +, –

T REEL +, –

LM +, –

18

MOTOR

CN1009

21

TAPE END DETECT

4PIN

T REEL

TAPE TOP DETECT

7

LOADING MOTOR

TAPE LED

M

REEL FG AMP

M903

REC PROOF

9

16

SENSOR

DRUM

(ODD)

(EVEN)

TAPE END SENSOR

20

10

5

CAPSTAN

DRUM PG

23

2

M

12

DRUM PG AMP

27

CAP VS

DEW

17

4

25

DRUM VS

FG

M902

1

DRUM

S901

Q902

CN901

M901

25

22

TOOVERALLBLOCK DIAGRAM(4/4)

TOOVERALLBLOCK DIAGRAM(2/4)

SWP

4 2

SWP

CN1012FOR ADJUSTMENTS

AD DT

6

PB Y OUT

2

EQ20

PB CK

6

REC/PB 7

1

SWP

15

5

CN1901

EVEN 9

ODD

8

6

22 24

VSP SO, SCK

REC CK

REC DT

PB CKTOOVERALLBLOCK DIAGRAM(1/4)

VC-283 BOARD(3/4)

166

165FG AMP

(15/19)

(15/19)

(14/19)

(14/19)

(9/19)

(9/19)

111

164

190

89

88

197

198

192

193

196

195

119

180

1

133

176

3

ATF ERR

13

34 31

4

53 52

4950

29

25

21

19

20

18

35

42

IC1901

IC190240

42

27

REC CK

REC DT

RF MON

AD DT

6

IC2401

MOTORDRIVE

MOTORDRIVE

CAPSTAN

DRIVE

IC2401(RABI)

LPF

4

1

11

14

M

CN1011

IC2502

IC2501

A/D CONV.PLL

AMP

CAPSTAN

DRUM

41

44

43 11

5

11

545

7 9

1 3

7 9

1 3

CN4601 CN4601 CN1003CN1003

26 @27

7 @8

22 @23DEW AD

DRUM U,V,W

CAP U,V,W

FG 1,2

SPCK (IC1704)

(1/2)

(2/2)

DD-176 BOARD (2/4)

(PAGE 3-2)

(PAGE 3-3)

(PAGE 3-8)

2

4

5

Page 40: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS

3-4. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (4/4)

3-7 3-8

( ) : Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.

S

BT901

Q4502

10MHzX3101

32.768KHzX3102

6

5

1

BATTERYTERMINAL

DC IN 3

2

4

IC4501 IC1201

DC/DCCONVERTER

IC2703IC2905

IC2901

LANC I/O

1110

12

I/F43

42

74

VDD SWITCH

IC2702

7

3

5

6

RESET

3

60

57

73

XPHOTO STBY SW

XS/S SW

XCAM MODE SW

DIAL A

VCC

XRESET

IB SI

IB SO

BATT/EXT

IC3101HI CONTROL

HI CONTROL

45

59

29

28

51

52

5

35

37

XCC DOWN

XCC DOWN

37

30

95

35

36

216

REC PROOFREC PROOF

CHIME SDA

CHIME SCK

CHIME AD0

CHIME AD1

CHIME SDACHIME SCKCHIME VDD

CHIME AD2

SIRCS SIG

RXD

SIRCS PWM

KEY AD0KEY AD0 @ iFLASH jSW

SUPER NIGHT SHOT SW

VTR DD ON

SHOE ON

CONTROL SWITCHBLOCK(KP-CX2890)

CN5201 CN1005

CN1007

CK-115 BOARD (2/3)

DD-176BOARD(3/4)

(2/2)

S001-011

CN4601

CN4604

S001,003-007

CN4501

VC-283 BOARD(5/5)

DIAL B

57 SHOE ID1

SHOE ON

58

45

46

SHOE ID2

XVTR MODE SW

2

1

7

KEY AD1

6

4

XPHOTO FREEZE SW

XEJECT SW

20

41

21

25

24

23TXD

TXD,RDX,SCK

SCKRXD

185

191

190 TXD

CAM DD ON

XSCHARGE FULL

IR ON

SCK

39

40

LANC IN

LANC OUT

17

FAST CHARGE

VTR UNREG

CN1003D 1.9V

RP 2.8V

A 2.8V

AU 2.8V

D 2.8V

PANEL/EVF 2.8V

D 1.5V

D 1.6V

1.5V (IC1704)

DD 15V

DD -15.3V

PANEL 4.5V

RP 4.6V

A 4.6V

AU 4.6V

EVF 4.6V

Q3101

BATT LI 3V

CK-115BOARD(3/3)

CN5201

7

73

LCDDRIVE

IC5801CN5804

CN5207

CN5206CN1005

CN5802

CN5806

CN5803

3

2

6

5

PD-165 BOARD(2/2)

JK-219 BOARD(5/5)

MA-408 BOARD(3/3)

DD-176 BOARD(4/4)

FLASHUNIT

LANC SIG

LANC SIG

SIRCS SIG

SIRCS PWM

ZOOM VR AD

EXT STROBO

STROBO ON

HS TXD,RXD,SCK

HI EVER SO

HI EVER SCK

16

BATT SIG

BATT SIG

BATT/EXT

FAST CHARGE

BATT UNREG

VTR UNREG

VTR DD ON

HI EVER SO,SCK

CONTROLSWITCHBLOCK(KY-2890)

CONTROLSWITCHBLOCK(PS-2890)

(16/19)

(18/19)

(18/19)

(18/19)

(5/19)

(5/19)

PRT HEAD UNREG

SHOE UNREG

LANC SIG

EXT STROBO

SHOE ID1,2

HS TXD,RXD,SCK

14

15

11

9

12

10

7

8

13

4

1

2

7

9

6

8

11

10

5

INTELLIGENT

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(FK-2890)

ACCESSORYSHOE

CN1006

CN5903

CN1003

CN4601 CN4602

CN5303

REMOTECOMMANDERRECEIVER

J6201

(LANC)

TOOVERALLBLOCK DIAGRAM(3/4)

19

16

12

1

160

162

.

228

HI SOHI SO,SI,SCK

HI EVER SO,SCK

HI SI

XHI SCK

200

201

199

EEP TXD

LD ON

EEP RXD

EEP SCK

207

206

205

229230

3

(2/2)

TOOVERALLBLOCK DIAGRAM(1/4)

(2/2)

EEPROM

8,11

2

9,12

73

COM1-4SEG1-16 LCD

INDICATOR

LCD902

VTR FUNCTIOJN SWVOLUME SWDISPLAY SWMENU SW

5

3

6

8

53

55

51

59

50

48

54

77

79

50

48

54

77

79

57

74

70

66

76

72

68

78

53

55

51

59

57

74

70

66

76

72

68

78

1

6

2

5

6

21

24

25

20

17

8

5

2

3

3

4

31

29

30

32

36

35

37

48

49

21

22

22

20

16

17

15

4

3

CAMERA FUNCTION SWNET WORK SW

PANELOPEN/CLOSE SW

PANELREVERSE SW

S5201

EXEC

S002

CN5204

CN5203

CN5202

CN001

CN002

FP-461(FLEXIBLE)

FP-460(FLEXIBLE)

S002-004

S001

S001

EJECT SW

S067,068PHOTO REC

S069,070

RV001

ZOOM TyW

ST UNREG

Q4529

65

66

34

48

71

72

61

67

79

80

14

53

62

KEY AD3

KEY AD4

KEY AD2

KEY AD5

D 2.8V

Q2705, 2707

S5202

RESET

BT5201LITHIUMBATTERY

6

5

11

14

1

2

17

20

1

2

6

5

17

20

1

20

11

3046

47

41

38 TOUCHPANEL

TA901

TP LTP RTP TOPTP BOT

TOUCH PANEL I/F

Q1003-1005

TP SEL 1,2 TP OUT X,Y

14

28

29

33

35

63

67

69

61

65

71

63

67

69

61

65

71

24

5

6

25

11

4

IC5902

IC5903

30

31

7

14

28

29

33

35

30

31

6

13

27

28

32

35

29

30

18

23

4

PD OUT

IR ON

PD OUT

AF LD VCC

ST UNREG

LD ON

MT 4.9V

Q1201,1202

AF LDSAFETY

STROBOPLUNGER

STROBO ON

STROBO DOWN

S CHARGE ON

XS CHARGE FULL

PLUNGERDRIVE

PLUNGER

Q2907,2908

S5301,5302

LED DRIVE

DRIVE

Q5909,5910

D5902,5903IR LED

SAFE ON

PD OUT

(PAGE 3-1)

(PAGE 3-5)

STROBO DOWN

STROBO PLUNGER

SEL/PUSHEXEC

VCR/CAMERA/MEMORY/NETWORK

START/STOP

PHOTO

EDITSERCH

1

5

(DCR-TRV50/TRV50E)

Page 41: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS

3-9 3-10

3-5. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2) ( ) : Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.

L5703

L5702

L5704

LCDINDICATOR

DRIVE

INVERTERBLOCK

PANEL -15.3V7

TIMINGGENERATOR

LCD3.5 INCHLCD901

UNIT

FLASHUNIT

PD-165BOARD

LB-078BOARD

PANEL 13.3V

24

BLON

BACKLIGHTDRIVE

BACK LIGHTDRIVE

8PANEL 2.8V

CN5806

23

3

Q5801,5802

5

CN5701

ST UNREG

MT 4.9V

CN4602

PANEL 4.6V

EVER 3.0V

2

1

4

TOPOWERBLOCKDIAGRAM(2/2)(CK-115)

CN5802

IC5702

5

23

18

15

13

5

12P UNREG

RGBDRIVE

6

IC5801

IC1002

VC-283 BOARD (1/2)

IC6101

4

CN5805

IC5701

L4511

F4504

F4505

F4502

F4501

SHOE UNREG

PRT HEAD UNREG

F4503

F4506

F4508

BATT/XEXT

F4507

VCC(0)-2

53

31

36

30

57

IC4501DC/DC CONVERTER

14

56

47

75

42

16

20

41

19

28

29

50

7

6

37

1

80

23

10

22

38

39

52

VCC(0)-1

4.9V

VCC(0)-3

VDD(0)-1

VDD(0)-3

OUT6-P

OUT6-N

V-IN6

VDD

RST

VB

RT

CT

CTLVTR DD ON

XCS DDHI EVER SOHI EVER SCK 44

346

V-IN5

-IN(S)10

5OUT(A)10

4

SWITCHQ4505

-IN(A)10

OUT4-P

OUT4-N

OUT1-P

OUT9-N

-IN9

OUT10-P

OUT5-P

OUT5-N

V-IN4

OUT1-N

-IN(S)9

6

1

5

4

3

2

Q4501, 4502

1602

CHARGESWITCH

BATT UNREG

ACV UNREG

ACV GND

S BATT SIG

BATT GND

DC IN

Q4506-4508,4518,4519, 4529

DD-176 BOARD

LF4501

CN4501

BATTERYTERMINAL

V-IN1 55

3

EVER 3.0V

BAT

T FE

T O

N

SH

OE

ON

INIT

CH

AR

GE

ON

AU 4.6V

A 4.6V

PANEL UNREG

PANEL 2.8V

EVER 3.0V

AU 2.8V

A 2.8V

D 1.9V

RP 2.8V

RP 4.6V

BATT SIG

TOPOWERBLOCKDIAGRAM(2/2)

INIT CHARGE ON

SHOE ON

BATT/XEXT

VTR DD ON

FAST CHARGE

BATT UNREG

MT 4.9V

VTR UNREG

PANEL -15.3V

PANEL 13.5V

PANEL 4.6V

D 2.8V

D 1.6V

CAP ERROR

DRUM VS

CAP VS

DRUM ERROR

CAM 15V

D 1.5V

(SEE PAGE 3-11)

CN6101 CN4603CN6102

EVF 4.6V

L4508SWITCHINGQ4514

SWITCHINGQ4526

MT 4.9V

VTR UNREG

BATT UNREG

L4507L4515

L4514

L4516

D 1.5V

D 1.6V

DDCAM 15V

SWITCHINGQ4513

SWITCHINGQ4516

SWITCHINGQ4525

L4510

L4503

L4504

L4526

L4524

PANEL 4.6V

RP 4.6V

L4522 A 4.6V

L4520 AU 4.6V

L4519

CAP VS

CAP ERRON

DRUM VS

DRUM ERROR

EVF 4.6V

SWITCHINGQ4517

SWITCHINGQ4509

SWITCHINGQ4510

SWITCHINGQ4528

26

27

72+IN7

OUT7-P

OUT7-N

SWITCHINGQ4521

L4509L4521

L4518

AU 2.8V

D 2.8V

L4517 PANEL/EVF 2.8V

L4523 A 2.8V

L4525 RP 2.8V

Q4530,4531

SWITCHINGQ4515

SWITCHINGQ4527

L4501

L4502

L4528

SWITCHINGQ4520

RECTD4504

RECTD4505

DD-15.3V

24

25

78+IN8

OUT8-P

OUT8-N

SWITCHINGQ4522

XCS DDHI EVER SOHI EVER SCK

3 3

(SEE PAGE 3-12)

BT901

Q4503, 4504

1 2

3 4

15

14

21

20

1

21

20

1

21

20

1

LCD903

VDD

COLOREVF UNIT

GCTL

52 50 48

57

53

56

54

51

55

52 50 48

57

53

56

54

51

55

59 59

2 4 6 2 4 6

77 79 77 79

81 83

82 84

14 16

23 25

47 49

42 44

19 21

27 29

42 44

35 37 39

35 37 39

34 36 38

13 15 17

80

46

33

81 83

82 84

14 16

23 25

47 49

35 37 39

35 37 39

80

46

33

31

40

19 21

27 29

34 36 38

31

40

5

11

1 3

7 9

13 15 17

5

11

1 3

7 9

87 87

1.5V (IC1704)

EVF 13.5V

CAM DD ON

CAM 7.5V

Q1001,1002

-7.5VREG

VDD

CN4601 CN1003

EVF VDD

Q1006,1007

13.5VREG

L1004

L1005

L1001

3.1VREG

2D 3.1V1.9V

REG

D 1.9V

1.5V (IC1704)

CN4604

INTELLIGENTACCESSORY SHOE

1

2

Page 42: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS

3-11 3-12E

3-6. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2) ( ) : Number in parenthesis ( ) indicates the division number of schematic diagram where the component is located.

D2701

Q2910, 2912

S5202

BT5201

FB1301

CAM 15V

CAM -7V

FB3001

FB2903

FB2502

FB1702D1.5V

FB1901

FB2101

Q2401

R2431

L5351

L4203

L1902

RP 4.6V

RP 2.8V

Q2905,2906D 3.1V

MS VCC ON

Q1201, 1202

2

IB SI

BATTER INDETECT

1

XLANC ON

RESET

43

BATT IN

EEPROM

REG

VDD

Q2701

46

23

31

56

XRESET

17

BTT LI 3V

BATT/XEXT

ACV SENSI/F

FAST CHARGE

VIDEO

Q3101

VTR UNREG

DV

IC2702VTR DD ON

D 2.8V

LANC I/O

INIT CHARGE ON

VTR DD SENS

31

HI CONTROL

ADC&DAC

XREELHALL ON

LD ON

IC3101

73

54

55

Q4301

153

168

176

IC2703

37

74

AUDIO

VIDEOA/D CONV.

VCC

A 2.8V

BATT SIG

REG

LANC DC

42

POWER

AUDIO I/O

8

UNREG

35

XPHOTO STBY SW

BATT SENS

Q2705,27073

MECHA

4

38

XCAM+STBY SW

D2.8V

14

7

SHOE ON

XVTR MODE SW

AU 2.8V

1

DV

IB SO

MT 4.9V

EVF 13.5V

A 4.6V

D 3.1V

D 1.9V

D 2.8V

A 2.8V

IC4201 IC4202

TOPOWER BLOCK

DIAGRAM(1/2)

VC-283 BOARD(2/2)

20

49

21

RESET

CONTROL

CONTROL SWITCHBLOCK (KP-2890)

CONTROL SWITCHBLOCK (KY-2890)

SWITCHBLOCK(PS-2890)

S002

S004

S003

LITHIUM BATTERY

T REEL,

13

19

4PIN18

EQ,REC/PB

J MECHA DECK

SENSOR VCC

CHIME VDD

IC7301

IC1304

CCD IMAGER

IC1503ORIGIN

OSCCONTROL

FOCUS/ZOOM/IRIS/ND CONTROL

IC1302FOCUS/ZOOM/IRIS/ND DRIVE

TIMINGGENERATOR

CAM 15V

CAM -7V

Q1501, 1502

F MR VCC

Z MR VCC7

18

3

4

21

3

4

21

CD-381 BOARD

FOCUSMR

ZOOMMR

CN1501 CN7301

CN1301L1301

16

SHOE ON

77

75

67

64

XCS DDHI EVER SO

HI EVER SCK

BATT SIG

INIT CHARGE ON

VTR DD ON

FAST CHARGE

BATT XEXT

BATT UNREG

MT 4.9V

VTR UNREG

PANEL UNREG

PANEL 2.8V

PANEL -15.3V

PANEL 13.5V

PANEL 4.6V

EVER 3.3V

D 3.1V

AU 4.6V

D 1.9V

A 2.8V

AU 2.8V

D 2.8V

D 1.5V

RP 2.8V

A 4.6V

RP 4.6V

CAP VS

D 1.6V

1.5V(IC1704)

1.5V(IC1704)

D 1.6V

CAP ERROR

DRUM VS

DRUM ERROR

CAM 15V

CAM DD ON

CAM -7.5V

PANEL 2.8V

3

7

5

4

8

6

IC2903IC2904IC3001IC3002 IC290164MbitSDRAM

RGBDRIVE

TIMINGGENERATOR

64MbitFLASH

MEMORYBUFFER EEPROM

HICONTROLDIGITALSTILLCONTROL

XTALOSC

IC1902 IC1901IC2905

IC1601 IC1801 IC1502

IC4101IC2001 IC2101 IC2102 IC2302 IC2301

IC4301 IC4302

LANC DC

13

14

25

6

CN1007

CN1004

21

26

24

14 53 62

USBI/F

INTERFACESIGNALPROCESS

LINE IN/OUTAMP

D 2.8V

IC2501IC2502

CONTROL

CAMERACONTROL

44

19

40

15

43

CN1005

CN1006

8

49

48

946

45

6

7

48

47

4

5

42

41

5051

49

21

310

11

3

4

12

33

37

79 80

26 27

30 31

CN5201

CN5303

6

11

17

32

79 80

26 27

30 31

6

11

17

32

25 26

29 30

5

10

16

31

MPEG MOVEDIGITAL STILL

PROCESS

A/D CONV.EVRCAMERAPROCESS

MS VCC ON

CAM DD ON

CAM DD ON

AMP A/D CONV.PLL

32 REG3.6V3.6V

A 2.8V

A 4.6V

IC1504IC1501

IC1201

IC7302S/H

PANEL 4.6V10

VCC MEMORYSTICK

ZOOM VR

LED

SWITCH

SWITCH

D5902,5903

MS LED VCC

D 2.8V

6

CN001

CN101

CONTROL SWITCH

BLUE TOOTHUNIT

BLOCK(FK-2890)

PANEL 13.3V

PANEL -15.3V

PANEL 2.8V

PANEL 4.6V

D 2.8V

PANEL UNREG

EVER 3.0V

5

6

5

12

8

7

CN5206

CN5207

TOPOWER BLOCKDIAGRAM(1/2)(PD-165)

MF LD VCC

AU 2.8V

A 2.8V

A 4.6V

MT4.9V

LANC DC

JK-219 BOARD

CN5903

SE-124 BOARD

CK-115 BOARD

CONNECTOR

S REELSENSOR

TAPE LED

DRUM FG,PG AMPMOTOR DRIVE

IC2401

45

43

REEL FG AMP

LOADING

DRUM,CAP ERROR AMPTAPE TOP,END DET

DRUM

MOTOR DRIVE

DRUM ERROR

CAP ERROR

DRUM VS

CAP VS

CN1010

H002H001

D901TAPE LED A

D 2.8V

LD ON

MT 4.9V

VTR UNREG

XR

EEL

HA

LL O

N

LENS ASSY

D 2.8V

D 1.9V

VCR

OFF(CHG)

MEMORY/NETWORK

CAMERA

(SEE PAGE 3-10)

64bitSDRAM

IC1701IC1704

(SEE PAGE 3-9)

3

XCS DDHI EVER SO

HI EVER SCK

7

5

2

3

7

CN5204

CN5203

4

1

PH6301,6302

MA-408 BOARDCN6201

VTR DD ON

AUDIOAD

CONV.

EVF 13.5V

EVF VDD

CHIME PWR CONT

CHIME VDD

D 3.1V

D 1.5V

AF LDSAFETY

IC5351PITCH/YAW

SENSOR AMP

IC5901

PITCH/YAWSENSOR

CAPSTANMOTOR DRIVE

CAPSTAN FG AMP

A 2.8V

R1028

6

7

MF PHOTOSENSOR

3

SE5351,5352

MIC AMP

IC5903REMOTE

COMMANDERRECEIVER

IC5902AF LD

DRIVEE

IR LED(NIGHT SHOT LIGHT)

EVF 13.5V

CN901

J6201

(LANC)

2

1

(DCR-TRV50/TRV50E)

(DCR-TRV50/TRV50E)

Page 43: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

4-1 4-2

4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/4)

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/4)

SECTION 4PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

(TRV50/TRV50E)

20PCN5207

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

51PCN5201

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

2PC

N52

05

12

20PCN5802

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

51PCN1005

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

15PCN1004

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

15PCN101

1REG_GND

2REG_GND

3BT_RSSI

4BT_RTS

5BT_TXDT

6BT_RXDT

7BT_CTS

8BT_MODE

9BT_XSLEEP

10PANEL_4.6V

11BT_WAKEUP

12N.C.

13BT_XRST

14REG_GND

15REG_GND

27P

CN

1301

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 2740PCN1501

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

32

34

36

38

40

10PCN5806

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

10PCN5206

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

8PC

N52

04

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

6PC

N52

02

1 2 3 4 5 6

10P

CN

5203

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1

A

P_UNREG_GND

IRIS

_HA

LL-

REG_GND

COM_OUT

KEY_AD3

PANEL_4.6V

GND

XCS_LCD_DAC

EVER_3.0V

IRIS

_DR

IVE+

REG_GND

IRIS

_HA

LL+

P_UNREG_GND

KEY_AD5 TP_L

H2

P_UNREG_GND

TP_TOP

IRIS

_BIA

S-

LCD_COM/XDATA

Z_M

R_G

ND

P_UNREG

XHD_OUT

V4

C-SYNC/XHD

F_M

R_B

REG_GND

PANEL_4.6V

TP_L

LCD_COM/XDATA

IR_S

W_O

UT

BATT_LI_3V

GND

P_UNREG_GND

Z_M

R_B

SP+

VD_SCK

TP_TOP

PANEL_B

BT_MODE

Z_M

R_V

CC

PANEL_G

GND

C-SYNC/XHD

PANEL_VG

ND

_DR

IVE-

P_UNREG_GND

P_UNREG_GND

REG_GND

VG

F_M

R_A

STBY

PANEL_-15.3V

REG_GND

EVER_3.0V

XRESET_SW

Z_M

R_A

PANEL_B

DIAL_B

LCD_COM/XDATA

XHD_OUT

BT_RSSI

PANEL_2.8V

CCDout1P

F_M

R_V

CC

SP-

ND

_DR

IVE+

VG

REG_GND

REG_GND

SP-

XHD_OUT

VD_SO

EVER_3.0V

CCDout2P

ZOO

M+

KEY_AD4

TP_BOT

OSD_SO

XCS_LCD

PANEL_-15.3VPANEL_-15.3V

XRESET_SW

XCS_LCD_DAC

XSHD1

XOSD_SCK

IR_S

W

REG_GND REG_GND

PANEL_2.8V

COM_OUT

DIAL_A

TP_R

PANEL_2.8V

XCS_LCD_DRIVER

GND

OSD_SO

P_UNREG_GND

ND

_BIA

S-

P_UNREG_GND

BT_RTS

P_UNREG

PANEL_2.8V

BT_XSLEEP

REG_GND

TP_L

PANEL_13.3V

XVD

GND

PANEL_G

TP_BOT

VD_SCK

PANEL_G

KEY_AD5

P_UNREG

H1

PANEL_4.6V

DIAL_B

GND

BT_CTS

PANEL_R

PANEL_-15.3V

P_UNREG_GND

BT_XRST

P_UNREG

P_UNREG_GND

PANEL_4.6V

PANEL_4.6VDISP_HD

A_2.8V

V3

P_UNREG

PANEL_COM

REG_GND

XCS_LCD_DRIVER

PANEL_COM

DIAL_A

REG_GND

EVER_3.0V

VD_SO

GND

GND

D_2.8V

DISP_VD

XOSD_SCK

PANEL_VG

REG_GND

PANEL_4.6V

TP_TOP

TP_BOT

GND

V2

XCS_LCD

TEM

P/F

MR

GN

D

PANEL_13.3V

PANEL_13.3V

XHD_OUT

VD_SO

PANEL_-15.3V

GND

PANEL_13.3V

P_UNREG_GND

BT_WAKEUP

SP

+

GND

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(KY-2890)

PANEL_-15.3V

IRIS

_DR

IVE-

PANEL_B

TP_L

KEY_AD3

DISP_HD

BT_RXDT

V1

VD_SCK

PANEL_13.3VSP

-

XCS_LCD_DRIVER

REG_GND

PANEL_R

REG_GND

TEM

P O

UT

XCS_LCD_DRIVER

TP_R

DISP_VD

TP_BOT

PANEL_2.8V

TP_R

PANEL_G

OSD_SO

ND

_HA

LL+

XOSD_SCK

VD_SCK

KEY_AD2 CK-115 BOARD

XVD

TP_TOP

P_UNREG

ZOO

M-

LCD_COM/XDATA

SP+

VD_SO

P_UNREG_GND

PANEL_-15.3V

KEY_AD2

PANEL_B

FOC

US

(-)

PANEL_R

LENSREG_GND

ND

_HA

LL-

BT-003BOARD

TP_R

PANEL_4.6V

BT_TXDT

N.C.

OSD_SO

PANEL_2.8V

KEY_AD4

CD

-381

BO

AR

D

ND

_BIA

S+

REG_GND

BATT_LI_3V

PANEL_R

FOC

US

(+)

PANEL FWD/REV.

D_2.8V

REG_GND

XOSD_SCK

PANEL_13.3V

IRIS

_BIA

S+

PANEL_-15.3V

REG

_GN

D

DIA

L_A

KEY

_AD

5

D_2

.8V

DIA

L_B

KEY

_AD

2

REG

_GN

D

D_2

.8V

D_2

.8V

KEY

_AD

3

KEY

_AD

3N

KEY

_AD

4N

KEY

_AD

4

REG

_GN

D

REG

_GN

D

REG

_GN

D

REG

_GN

D

KEY

_AD

4N

REG

_GN

D

REG

_GN

D

KEY

_AD

4N

REG

_GN

D

CSUB SHUT

CAM_15V CAM_-7V

CLPDM

GND XSHP1

GND

GND

GND

RG2

CCDout1M

GND

GND

GND

RG1

GND

CCDout2M

BATT_LI_3V BATT_LI_3V

FP-461

FP-4

56

FP-4

57

CONTROLSWITCHBLOCK(KP-2890)

CN7301 40P

PC

-121

PC

-122

REG

_GN

D

REG

_GN

D

PD-165BOARD(1/2)

VC-283 BOARD(1/4)

2

G

5

E

133

F

4

C

9 12

D

15

I

B

8 11 14

H

76 10

16

(THE BT-003 board cannot be repaired nor adjusted.)

FLEX

IBLE

1/19 CH,EVR BLOCK 2/19 CA BLOCK 3/19 LD BLOCK 4/19 MPEG BLOCK 5/19 DIGITAL STILL BLOCK 6/19 FLASH,RAM BLOCK 7/19 JC-1 BLOCK 8/19 JC/2 BLOCK 9/19 RF BLOCK10/19 USB BLOCK

11/19 A/D BLOCK12/19 I/O BLOCK13/19 VF BLOCK14/19 MD BLOCK15/19 CAM/MECHA CONT BLOCK16/19 HI CONT BLOCK17/19 AU BLOCK18/19 DD CN,LANC/RESET/BEEP BLOCK19/19 CN BLOCK

FLEX

IBLE

FLEXIBLE

SP901SPEAKER

HA

RN

ESS

HA

RN

ESS

t

t

t

t

T

T

T

T

T

Page 44: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

4-3 4-4

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/4)

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/4)

80PCN1006

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

41

43

45

47

49

51

53

55

57

59

61

63

65

67

69

71

73

75

77

79

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

32

34

36

38

40

42

44

46

48

50

52

54

56

58

60

62

64

66

68

70

72

74

76

78

80

27P

CN

1010

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

10P

CN

1901

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

27P

CN

1009

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27

37PCN5903

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

4PCN5901

1

2

3

4

10P

CN

1011

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

8PC

N62

01

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1

A

16PCN1012

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

TAP

E_LE

D_A

MIC

/REC

_SW

_GN

D

N.C

.

TAP

E_LE

D_K

LANC_DC

N.C.

CA

P_V

TPB

REG_GND

MT_4.9V

YEV

EN

C_RESET

SHOE_MIC_L

REG_GND

SAFE_ON

PG

GN

D

NTPB

XHP_JACK_IN

NTPA

MT_GND

FG1

FG_G

ND

DR

UM

_W

XEV

EN

A_2.8V

REG_GND

LD_EVR

LANC_SIG

INT_MIC_GND

REG_GND

TREE

L-

REG_GND

GN

D

REG_GND

FG_V

CC

XM

OD

E_S

W_A

TPA

PD_OUT

AU_GND

MA-408 BOARD

MIC_L

INT_MIC_R

TOP

/EN

D_G

ND

LANC_DC

CH

IME_

SC

K

XO

DD

AV_JACK_IN

VH

E-

USB_DET

D_2.8V

S_Y_OUT

LM_U

NLO

AD

XF_TALLY_LED

INT_MIC_GND

YO

DD

R_IO

CA

P_W

USB_D+

DV_GND

TAP

E_TO

P

AF_LD_VCC

DV_GND

GN

D

UH

E-

INT_MIC_L

MD(J-MECHANISM)

USB_D-

REG_GND

REG_GND

CA

P_U

AF_LD_VCC

REG_GND

XS

DL

PHOTO_TR_OUT

SCHARGE_LED

REG_GND

DR

UM

_U

MF_B

MIC_R

SR

EEL-

DEW

-

MT_4.9V

SW

_CO

M/S

W_G

ND

CH

IME_

VD

D

CA

P_W

YS

DL

SIRCS_IN

MT_GND

A_2.8V

CA

P_V

FG

IR_ON

LM_L

OA

D

EXT_MIC_DET

PHOTO_TR_OUT

MT_4.9V

GN

D

PS_OUT

REG_GND

AU_GND

MF_LED

SR

EEL+

SAFE_ON

SIRCS_PWM

DR

UM

_U

AU_GND

HP_L

XLANC_JACK_IN

M_C

OM

HP_R

CA

P_U

LANC_JACK_IN

SIRCS_PWM

VH

E+

MT_GND

S_C_GND

SENS_ON

FG_V

CC

LD_EVR

XSIRCS_IN

TREE

L+

MF_A

XMIC_MONO

AV_GND

HA

LL_V

CC

SE-124 BOARD

YS_OUT

REG_GND

REG_GND

A_4.6V

XF_TALLY_LED

DV_GND

S_C_OUT

TAP

E_EN

D

LANC_SIG

MF_B

MIC_R

EXT_MIC_DET

D_2.8V

CA

P_V

ZOOM_MIC_CONT

REG_GND

XM

OD

E_S

W_C

R

LM_L

OA

D

HE_

VC

C

REG_GND

AU_GND

FG2

REG_GND

AU_GND

CA

P_U

DEW

+

MF_LED

WH

E-

XS_JACK_IN

N.C

.(P

HO

TO_T

R_E

)

FG/P

G_C

OM

HA

LL_G

ND

DR

UM

_V

L

MT_4.9V

CA

P_W

XMIC_MONO

CA

P_V

MT_GND

XR

EC_P

RO

OF

KEY_AD0

AF_LD_VCC

DR

UM

_W

N.C

.(P

HO

TO_T

R_C

)

UH

E+

MIC_L

DR

UM

_V

PD_OUT

DV_GND

HP JACK

REG_GND

AF_LD_VCC

MF_

LED

AU_2.8V

IR_ON

AU_2.8V

VIDEO_I/O

USB JACKX

CC

DO

WN

_SW

MF_

B

ZOOM_MIC_CONT

CH

IME_

SD

A

SENS_ON

AU_GND

CA

P_UAV JACK

XBT_LED

MF_

A

WH

E+

SHOE_MIC_L

A_4.6V

XM

OD

E_S

W_B

L_IO

VC-283 BOARD(2/4)

S TERMINAL

GN

D

MF_A

HE_

GN

D

LM_U

NLO

AD

S_Y_GND

JK-219BOARD

REG_GND

DV TERMINAL

CA

P_W

FG_G

ND

MT_

4.9V

GN

D

CN5303 80P

2

G

5

E

133

F

4

J

C

9 12

D

15

I

B

8 11 14

H

76 10

16

MIC901MIC UNIT

TO CAPSTAN MOTOR TO LOADING MOTOR/MODE SWITCH/S/T REEL SENSOR TO DRUM MOTOR TO VIDEO HEAD

EVF_VCO

EXT_DA

N.C.

(FOR CHECK)

PANEL_VG

GND

CPC

EVF_VG

N.C.

H_START

LANC_SIG

GND

GND

RF_IN/LANC_JACK_IN

PANEL_COM

SWP

RF_MON

GND

Page 45: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

4-5 4-6

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (3/4)

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (3/4)

21P

CN

5804

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

15PCN3211

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

24P

CN

5701

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

27P

CN

1007

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627

7PC

N58

03

1N

.C.

2TP

_R

3TP

_L

4N

.C.

5TP

_BO

T

6TP

_TO

P

7N

.C.

CN

5805

12345

15PCN002

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

8PC

N00

1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1

A

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

SEG

16

XP

HO

TO_S

TBY

_SW

S/S SW VTR/CAM/PHOTO

KEY

_AD

1

SEG

9

SEG

5

XC

AM

_STB

Y_S

W

VG

VS

S

SEG

8

VG

H

TOUCH PANEL

CLR

SEG

6

VB

C

RES

ET

D_2

.8V

SEG

10

XM

S_A

CC

ESS

GR

ES SR

T

SEG

7

VB

HC

NT

CO

M4

MS

_LED

_VC

C

N.C

.

XM

S_A

CC

ESS

VD

D

SEG

3

BL_HI

OE

XV

TR_M

OD

E_S

W

VR

SEG

4

BL_

DET

BL_GND

VC

OM

STB

YB

CO

M1

PA

NEL

_4.6

V

N.C.3.5INCH LCD UNIT

GN

D

VS

H

CO

M2

PW

M

INS

N.C.

GN

D

CHARACTER DISPLAYM

S_L

ED_V

CC

P_U

NR

EG

SEG

12

STB

YB

N.C.

SEG

14

MC

LK

MEMORYSTICKCONNECTORN

.C.

VG

L

VSS(CGND)

N.C.

SEG

15

CONTROL SWITCHBLOCK(PS-2890)

VD

D

DIO

XS

/S_S

W

N.C.

GP

CK

SC

LK

N.C.

GS

RT

N.C.

GN

D

VS

S

BS

BL_LOW

PD-165 BOARD(2/2)

XV

TR_M

OD

E_S

W

XP

HO

TO_F

REE

ZE VC

C

N.C.

XP

HO

TO_S

TBY

_SW

VC

C

ZOO

M_A

D

GN

D

GN

D

P_U

NR

EG_G

ND

N.C.

CONTROL SWITCHBLOCK(FK-2890)

XS

/S_S

W

SEG

2

LED

XEJ

ECT_

SW

GN

D

SEG

13

N.C.

SEG

11

SEG

1

XC

AM

_STB

Y_S

W

N.C.

CO

M3

GN

D

SCLK

VCC

N.C.

BS

VSS(CGND)

VCC

INS

DIO

EJECT_SW

GND

GND

GND

GND

XEJECT_SW

XEJECT_SW

GN

D

N.C

.

N.C

.

GN

D

XEJECT_SW

XEJECT_SW

XEJECT_SW

XEJECT_SW

GND

GND

D_2

.8V

N.C.

FP-4

60

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

INV

ERTE

R B

LOC

K

VC-283 BOARD(3/4)

2

G

5

E

3

F

4

C

9

D

B

8 11

H

76 10

16

ND901BACK LIGHT

Page 46: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (4/4)

FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (4/4) 4-7 4-8

16P

CN

6102

1V

DD

2V

SS

3V

ST

4V

CK

2

5S

TB

6EN

7D

WN

8R

GT

9H

ST

10H

CK

2

11H

CK

1

12B

LK

13B

14R

15G

16C

OM

21P

CN

4603

123456789101112131415161718192021

6PCN4501

1

2

3

4

5

6

100PCN1003

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

41

43

45

47

49

51

53

55

57

59

61

63

65

67

69

71

73

75

77

79

81

83

85

87

89

91

93

95

97

99

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

32

34

36

38

40

42

44

46

48

50

52

54

56

58

60

62

64

66

68

70

72

74

76

78

80

82

84

86

88

90

92

94

96

98

100

33PCN4602

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

20P

CN

4604

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

45PCN4607

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

20P

CN

6101

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1

A

123456789101112131415

LAN

C_S

IG

HS

T

R

STB

XE_A

ST_UNREG

EN

STB

Y_O

N

EVF_

BL_

4.6V

XE_A

PLUNGER

ST_UNREG

B

EVF_

BL_

GN

D

INTELLIGENTACCESSORY SHOE

XE_A

MT_4.9V

BLK

EVF_

4.6V

RX

D

XE_K

SCHARGE_ON

SCHARGE_ON

RTS

(SC

K)

CO

M

LED

_ON

/OFF

XE_K

MT_GND

ST_UNREG

EN

VS

S

PR

T_H

EAD

_UN

REG

XE_K

STROBO_ON

LB-078 BOARD

MT_4.9V

HC

K2

STB

MT_GND

ST_GND

ST_GND

LED

_DA

HC

K1

PLUNGER

ST_UNREG

XSCHARGE_FULL

ST_UNREG

MT_GND

BATT_UNREG

EVF_

4.6V HS

T

DD-176 BOARD

VD

D

BLK

BATT_SIG

R

PLU

NG

ER

LED

_DA

LED

_ON

/OFF

ACV_UNREG

VC

K2

VD

D

ACV_GND

CO

M

G

HC

K2

BATT_XEXT

SH

OE_

MT_

GN

D

EVF_

BL_

GN

D

BATT_GND

MT_GND

SH

O_I

D2

VS

T

XE_A

REG_GND

G

MT_4.9V

SH

OE_

CO

NT_

AD

REG_GND

XE_K

ST_GND

MT_GND

SH

OE_

UN

REG

MT_GND

VC

K2

ST_UNREG

ST_GND

SH

OE_

MIC

_L

XE_A

VS

T

STROBO_DOWN

ST_UNREG

ST_GND

TXD

XE_A

HC

K1

ST_GND

FLASHUNIT

ST_UNREG

XE_KCTS

(HD

S)

SH

OE_

MIC

_GN

D

VS

S

B

XSCHARGE_FULL

ST_GND

MT_GND

SH

O_I

D1

VS

S

EVF_

BL_

GN

D

MT_4.9V

MT_GND

ST_GND

SH

OE_

UN

REG

_GN

D

EVF_

BL_

4.6V

EVF_

BL_

GN

D

XE_K

STROBO_ON

N.C.

REG_GND

SH

OE_

MT_

GN

D

SH

OE_

UN

REG

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

MT_GND

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

CN4601100P

ST_GND

ST_GND

ST_GND

ST_GND

ST_UNREG

ST_UNREG

ST_UNREG

ST_UNREG

MT_4.9V

MT_4.9V

OP

EN/C

LOS

E S

W

VST

PANEL_UNREG_GND

LED_DA

STBY_ON

CTS(HDS)

VTR_DD_ON

HST

REG_GND

R

REG_GND

PLUNGER

G

PANEL_UNREG_GND

RP_2.8V

D_1.5V

EVER_3.0V

D_2.8V

D_1.6V

D_2.8V

RTS(SCK)

MT_GND

VTR_UNREG

RP_4.6V

SHOE_ON

AU_4.6V

DRUM_ERROR

STB

PANEL/EVF_2.8V

BATT/XEXT

XCS_DD

DD_-15.3V

SCHARGE_ON

PANEL_UNREG

B

VCK2

EN

SHOE_ID2

MT_GND

REG_GND

D_1.5V

DD_15V

CAP_ERROR

A_2.8V

D_1.9V

STROBO_DOWN RXD

D_1.6V

DD_15V

A_4.6V

DRUM_VS

BATT_UNREG

REG_GND

DD_-15.3V

STROBO_ON

BATT_SIG

HI_EVER_SO

LANC_SIG

HCK1

CAP_VS

COM

REG_GND

MT_4.9V

REG_GND

SHOE_CONT_AD

A_2.8V

D_1.9V

IC1704_1.5V

VTR_UNREG

DD_15V

A_4.6V

XSCHARGE_FULL

DRUM_VS

SHOE_ID1

MT_GND

HCK2

INIT_CHARGE_ON

LED_ON/OFF

CAP_VS

BLK

TXD

FAST_CHARGE

SHOE_MIC_GND

VDD

REG_GND

HI_EVER_SCK

EVF_GND

REG_GND

AU_2.8V

MT_4.9V

PLUNGER

D_2.8V

D_1.6V

A_2.8V

PANEL_UNREG

SHOE_MIC_L

MT_4.9V

RP_4.6V

AU_4.6V

PANEL/EVF_2.8V

PANEL_4.6V

FP-458

FP-459

SH

OE_

UN

REG

TXD

SH

OE_

MIC

_GN

D

SH

OE_

CO

NT_

AD

CTS

SH

OE_

GN

D

EXT_

STR

B_O

N

SH

OE_

MT_

GN

D

SH

OE_

MIC

_L

RTS

SH

O_I

D2

SH

O_I

D1

LAN

C_S

IG

RX

D

PR

T_U

NR

EGP

RT_

HEA

D_U

NR

EG

SH

OE_

UN

REG

_GN

D

SH

OE_

UN

REG

_GN

D

VC-283BOARD(4/4)

2

G

K

5

E

133

F

4

J

C

9 12

D

I

B

8 11

H

76 10

16

B TO B

FLEXIBLE

FLEXIBLE

COLOREVFUNIT

LCD903

XENON LAMP

BT901

BATTERYTERMINAL

DC IN

Page 47: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

4-9

(Measuring conditions voltage and waveform)• Voltages and waveforms are measured between the measure-

ment points and ground when camera shoots color bar chart ofpattern box. They are reference values and reference wave-forms. *(VOM of DC 10 MΩ input impedance is used.).

• Voltage values change depending upon input impedance of VOMused.) *

1. Connection

2. Adjust the distance so that the output waveform of Fig. a andthe Fig. b can be obtain.

Yello

w

A AB BA=B

Fig. a (Video output terminal output waveform)

Fig.b (Picture on monitor TV)

Electron beam scanned frame

CRT picture frame

H

Cya

nG

reen

Whi

teM

agen

ta

Red

Blu

e

Yello

wC

yan

Gre

enW

hite

Mag

enta

Red

Blu

e

THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS(In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block)

Transistor Diode

When indicating parts by reference number, please includethe board name.

(For printed wiring boards)• b: Pattern from the side which enables seeing.

(The other layers' patterns are not indicated.)• Through hole is omitted.• Circled numbers refer to waveforms.• There are few cases that the part printed on diagram isn’t

mounted in this model.• Chip parts.

(For schematic diagrams)• All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. p: pF.

50V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics andtantalums.

• Chip resistors are 1/10W unless otherwise noted.kΩ=1000Ω, MΩ=1000kΩ.

• Caution when replacing chip parts.New parts must be attached after removal of chip.Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor, Be-cause it is damaged by the heat.

• Some chip part will be indicated as follows.Example C541 L452

22U 10UHTA A 2520

• Constants of resistors, capacitors, ICs and etc with XX indicatethat they are not used.In such cases, the unused circuits may be indicated.

• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B,unless otherwise noted.

• Signal nameXEDIT → EDIT PB/XREC → PB/REC

• 2 : non flammable resistor• 1 : fusible resistor• C : panel designation• A : B+ Line *• B : B– Line *• J : IN/OUT direction of (+,–) B LINE. *• C : adjustment for repair. *• Circled numbers refer to waveforms. ** Indicated by the color red.

External dimensions (mm)Temperature characteristics

Kinds of capacitor

C

B E

56 4

21 3

54 6

23 1

4 5

23 1

1 2

45 3

3

2 1

3

2 1

3

2 1

E B

C C

2 1

3 4

Note :The components identified bymark 0 or dotted line with mark0 are critical for safety.Replace only with part numberspecified.

Note :Les composants identifiés parune marque 0 sont critiquespour la sécurité.Ne les remplacer que par unepièce portant le numéro spécifié.

1.5 m

Front of the lens

Pattern box

Page 48: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

LinkLink

4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

WAVEFORMSCOMMON NOTE FOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS WAVEFORMSCOMMON NOTE FOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

FP-100, FP-228, FP-102 FLEXIBLE BOARD (MODE SWITCH, DEW SENSOR, TAPE TOP/END SENSOR, S/T REEL)

DD-176 BOARD (1/2) (DC/DC CONVERTER)

MA-408 BOARD (1/2)(MIC AMP, REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER)

PD-165 BOARD (1/2)(RGB DRIVE, TIMING GENERATOR)

PD-165 BOARD (2/2)(LCD DRIVER, BACK LIGHT)

MA-408 BOARD (2/2) (LANC, EXT MIC)

JK-219 BOARD (AV IN/OUT, STEADY SHOT)

CK-115 BOARD (CONTROL SWITCH)

CD-381 BOARD (CCD IMAGER)

FK-2890, PS-2890 (CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK)FP-460 FLEXIBLE BOARD

DD-176 BOARD (2/2) (CONNECTOR)LB-078 BOARD (EVF BACKLIGHT)

FP-100, FP-228, FP-102 FLEXIBLE BOARD (MODE SWITCH, DEW SENSOR, TAPE TOP/END SENSOR, S/T REEL)

DD-176 BOARD (1/2) (DC/DC CONVERTER)

FK-2890, PS-2890 (CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK)FP-460 FLEXIBLE BOARD

DD-176 BOARD (2/2) (CONNECTOR)LB-078 BOARD (EVF BACKLIGHT)

MA-408 BOARD (1/2)(MIC AMP, REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER)

PD-165 BOARD (1/2)(RGB DRIVE, TIMING GENERATOR)

PD-165 BOARD (2/2)(LCD DRIVER, BACK LIGHT)

MA-408 BOARD (2/2) (LANC, EXT MIC)

JK-219 BOARD (AV IN/OUT, STEADY SHOT)

CK-115 BOARD (CONTROL SWITCH)

CD-381 BOARD (CCD IMAGER)

Page 49: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

4-11 4-12

For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-71 for printed wiring board.• Refer to page 4-93 for waveforms.

4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS CD-381 PRINTED WIRING BOARD4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS CD-381 PRINTED WIRING BOARD

CD-381

R-7.3/P0

R-0.3/P0

R-0.4/P0

R-7.2/P0

R-7.8/P0.4

R7.9/P0

R7.7/P0

R15.2/P0

0

0

0R1.7P0

P0R2.0

P0R13.3

R12.4/P0

2

1

5

6

3 4

R1.

9/P

0

R2.

8/P

0

R1.

1/P

0

0 R2.

7/P

0

R1.

8/P

0

2.8

R1.

9/P

0

R1.

1/P

0

R1.

8/P

0

R1.

3/P

0

R1.

9/P

0

2.8

R1.

1/P

0.5

R1.

1/P

0.5 0

R0/

P2.

7

R1.

8/P

0

R1.

8/P

0

R1.

8/P

0

R12.5/P0

R7.9/P0R12.5/P0

R7.9/P0

R7.1/P0

R7.1/P0

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE

12kR7305

UN9213J-(K8).SOQ7301

FB73020uH

LND712

XXD7301

10uHL7302

40PCN7301

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

32

34

36

38

40

B0.22uC7302

68kR7314

R73121200

Q73032SC5096-O/R(TE85L)

R7303XX

R73020

4.7u25V

TA B

C7313

XXR7318

LND711

1kR7307

ICX287AKF-NIC7301

1

V4

2

V3

3

V2

4

V1

5

VL

6

VSUB

7

RCSUB

8

VDD

9CCD_OUT1

10GND

11RG1

12H1

13H2

14RG2

15GND

16CCD_OUT2

XXR7306

1kR7311

10u10VA

C7314

XXR7317

VS

P22

20P

WR

IC73

02

1

DV

DD

2

SH

D2

3

SH

P2

4

CLP

DM

5

IP2

6

OU

TN2

7

OU

TP2

8

AV

DD

2

9

AV

SS

2

10

CC

DIN

2

11

CC

DG

ND

2

12

VS

S13

IREF

14

CC

DG

ND

1

15

CC

DIN

1

16

AV

SS

1

17

AV

DD

1

18

OU

TP1

19

OU

TN1

20

IP1

21

STD

BY

22

SH

P1

23

SH

D1

24

DV

SS

FB73010uH

0R7320

0R

7315

10u6.3V

P

C7321

L7301100uH

0.01uB

C7315

10uHL7303

10kR7304

1200R7313

B0.1uC7306

B0.01uC7318

R731012k

0.1uB

C7308

B0.1u

C7307

0.1uB

C7309

R730910k

0R7316

CH0.1u

C7317

0.01uB

C7316

C7303XX

Q73022SC5096-O/R(TE85L)

C731910u6.3VP

0R7319

B0.1u

C7304

B0.1u

C7305

XXR7301

0.1uB

C7311

XXC7325

XXC7323

XXC7310

0.1uB

C7312 0.01uB

C7320

1uB

C7326

1

A

RG1

V2

H2

V4

H2

V3 V4

V1

V1

V2

H1

V3

H1

RG2

RG1

RG2H2

H1

SHUT

CCDout1P

GND

CAM_15V CAM_-7V

V1

GND

GND

RG2

XSHD1

A_2.8V

CCDout1M

V2

GND

GND

GND

XSHP1

V4

GND

GND

RG1

GND

GND

CCDout2P

V3

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND CCDout2M

GND GND

CSUB

CLPDM

GND

STBY

TO VC-283 BOARD(1/19) CN1501(PAGE 4-34)

IC7301CCD IMAGER

IC7302S/H

VSUB CONT

CLAMP

CLAMP

PB

CHROMA Y

VIDEO SIGNAL

REC

Y/CHROMA

SIGNAL PATH

16

H

2 3 129

G

11

E

C

106

B

7

I

D

F

5 84

CCD IMAGERCD-381 BOARD

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

As the CCD imager may be damaged by static electricity from

If the CCD imager has been replaced, carry out all the

its structure, handle it carefully like for the MOS IC.

with a CCD imager.

Precautions Upon Replacing CCD imager

When replacing this board, remove the CCD imager from the

old one and mount it onto the new one.

adjustments for the camera section.

nor exposed to strong light.

In addition, ensure that the receiver is not covered with dusts

The CD-381 board mounted as a repair part is not equipped

Page 50: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

4-13 4-14

4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS JK-219 BOARD SIDE A JK-219 BOARD SIDE B4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS JK-219 BOARD SIDE A JK-219 BOARD SIDE B

JK-219

For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-73 for printed wiring board.

0.6

0.8

1.3

1.3

1.3

1.3

1.3

1.3

0.7

0.9

1.4

1.4

1.3

1.3

1.3

1.4 0

2.7

0

2.6

R1.5/P1.7

0

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE

(DCR-TRV50/TRV50E)

220R5309

80PCN5303

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

41

43

45

47

49

51

53

55

57

59

61

63

65

67

69

71

73

75

77

79

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

32

34

36

38

40

42

44

46

48

50

52

54

56

58

60

62

64

66

68

70

72

74

76

78

80

CL-270HB-X-TSD5304

VDR535

LND534

0R5303

VDR539

CN5301

1

2

3

4

FB5301

FB5304

LND533

0R5301

0R5302

LND532

S5302

10kR5306

VDR538

YC

GG

S S

J5302

VDR537

10kR5304

UN9211J-(K8).SOQ5301

J5303

R53081200

01ZA8.2(TPL3)D5301

CN53021 VCC

2 D-

3 D+

4 ID

5 GND

FB5303

VDR534

XXD5302

TLAU1008(T05,SOY)D5303

FB5302

VDR533

VDR536

VDR531

0R5305

560R5307

S5301

VDR532

J5301

UN9213J-(K8).SOQ5302

XXR5310

LF5303

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

0R5311

0R5312

0R5313

0R5314

LND535

LND531

0R5315

XXR5316

XXR5317

XXR5318

0uHFB5352

0.047uB

C5360

0.04

7uB

C53

58

22uA

C5366

0uHFB5351

10u

C53

61

UPC6756GR-8JG-E2IC5351

1

PA

SS

2

OU

T1

3

AM

1

4

Vre

f1

5

HO

1

6

HI1

7

LO1

8

LIA

1

9

LIB

1

10

GN

D

11

LIB

2

12

LIA

2

13

LO2

14

HI2

15

HO

2

16

Vre

f2

17

AM

2

18

OU

T2

19

C_R

ESET

20

VC

C

22kR5357

SE5352

134 2

B0.1u

C5355

SE5351

134 2

B0.1u

C535610k

R5360

C5351XX

0uHFB5353

22kR5356

10u

C53

64

10k

R53

61

22kR5358

C5352XX

XXR5363

10uC5362

10uHL5351

22u4VA

C5354

22u4VA

C5353

1kR5365 1M

R5362

0uHFB5354

1MR5364

B0.047uC5359

22kR5359

10uC5363

0R53550.047u

B

C5357

0.1uB

C5367XX

C5365

12345678910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637

1

A

XF_TALLY_LED

MF_A

LANC_DC

XLANC_JACK_IN

SIRCS_IN

ZOOM_MIC_CONT

EXT_MIC_DET

MIC_L

MIC_R

NTPB

TPB

IR_ON

S_C_OUT

S_Y_OUT

HP_R

XHP_JACK_IN

VIDEO_I/O

KEY_AD0

LD_EVR

L_IO

SCHARGE_LED

PH

OTP

_TR

_OU

T

SEN

S_O

N

PS_OUT

S_C_OUT

NTPB

TPB

S_Y_OUT

HP_R

XHP_JACK_IN

L_IO

VIDEO_I/O

USB_DET

KEY_AD0

SCHARGE_LED

PS_OUT

LD_E

VR

IR_O

N

MIC

_R

MIC

_L

SH

DE_

MIC

_L

SHDE_MIC_L

EXT_

MIC

_DET

ZOO

M_M

IC_C

ON

T

SIR

CS

_IN

PHOTP_TR_OUT

SENS_ON

XLA

NC

_JA

CK

_IN

LAN

C_D

C

MF_

A

XF_

TALL

Y_L

ED

USB_DET

NTPB

1608

TPA

NTPA

1608

TPB

1608

1608

REG_GND

XLANC_JACK_IN

XMIC_MONO

DV_GND

YS_OUT

HP_R

USB_D+

XF_TALLY_LED

EXT_MIC_DET

MT_4.9V

USB_DET

LD_EVR

AF_LD_VCC

S_C_GND

DV_GND

MT_GND

IR_ON

REG_GND

AV_GND

MF_LED

C_RESET

XBT_LED

SIRCS_IN

REG_GND

SIRCS_PWM

XHP_JACK_IN

PHOTO_TR_OUT

DV_GND

TPB

MIC_R

R_IO

USB_D-

SHOE_MIC_L

SAFE_ON

REG_GND

D_2.8V

REG_GND

SCHARGE_LED

MF_A

REG_GND

A_4.6V

MF_B

REG_GND

AV_JACK_IN

NTPB

DV_GND

REG_GND

AU_GND

A_2.8V

L_IO

MT_4.9V

PS_OUT

A_2.8V

S_Y_GND

XS_JACK_IN

HP_L

LANC_SIG

PD_OUT

TPA

S_Y_OUT

VIDEO_I/O

REG_GND

REG_GND

S_C_OUT

AU_GND

AU_GND ZOOM_MIC_CONT

AU_2.8V

REG_GND SENS_ON

KEY_AD0

LANC_DC

AF_LD_VCC

NTPA

MIC_L

REG_GND

N.C.

REG_GND

REG_GND

MT_GND

AF_

LD_V

CC

ZOO

M_M

IC_C

ON

T

AU

_2.8

V

MF_

A

SH

OE_

MIC

_L

MT_

GN

D

SIR

CS

_PW

M

MT_

GN

D

PH

OTO

_TR

_OU

T

REG

_GN

D

MT_

4.9V

LAN

C_J

AC

K_I

N

AU

_GN

D

SA

FE_O

N

XS

IRC

S_I

N

SEN

S_O

N

XF_

TALL

Y_L

ED

AU

_GN

D

A_4

.6V

REG

_GN

D

LAN

C_D

C

MF_

LED

AU

_GN

D

MF_

B

MIC

_L

XM

IC_M

ON

O

D_2

.8V

IR_O

N

MIC

_R

EXT_

MIC

_DET

REG

_GN

D

MT_

4.9V

LD_E

VR

REG

_GN

D

PD

_OU

T

LAN

C_S

IG

AF_

LD_V

CC

TO MA-408 BOARD(1/2) CN5903

(PAGE 4-20)

(PAGE 4-69)TO VC-283 BOARD(19/19) CN1006

PITCH/YAWSENSOR AMP

IC5351 (PITCH SENSOR)

(YAW SENSOR)

S VIDEO

NIGHTSHOT/SUPER NIGHTSHOT/COLOR SLOWS

LED DRIVE

(FLASH)

DV IN/OUT

AUDIO/VIDEO

AUDIO/VIDEO

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

(HEADPHONES)

(USB)

H

2 3 12

J

9

G

11

E

C

10

K

14136

B

7

I

D

F

155

L

84 16

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

AV IN/OUT,STEADY SHOTJK-219 BOARD

CHROMA

REC

AUDIOY/CHROMA

SIGNAL PATHVIDEO SIGNAL

Y

PB

SIGNAL

16

SWITCH

(BATTERY)

(TALLY)

Page 51: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

4-15 4-16 CK-115

4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS CK-115 PRINTED WIRING BOARD4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS CK-115 PRINTED WIRING BOARD

For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-77 for printed wiring board.

51PCN5201

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

20PCN5207

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

S5202

1kR5203

MA8082-(K8).S0D5204

2PCN5205

1

2

01ZA8.2(TPL3)D5205

8PCN5204

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

01ZA8.2(TPL3)D5202

01ZA8.2(TPL3)D5203

01ZA8.2(TPL3)D5201

6PCN5202

1

2

3

4

5

6

BT5201

LN5201

SHASSIS GND

LN5202

SHASSIS GND

XXD5206

XXD5207

XXC5201

XXC5202

BB

16VTA

10uC5204

XXC5203

CN5206 10P

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

0R5201

0R5202

S5201

R5204 470

R5205 0

10PCN5203

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

3900R011

8200R012

1500R003

S002

10kR007

S007

27kR013

8200R006

S001

10kR001

2200R010

S003

2200R004

1200R008

S005

3900R005

S004 S006

1200R002

1500R009

3900R010

27kR006

8200R005

3900R004

2200R003

1200R007

S008

S001

1500R008

8200R011

1200R001

S004

S005

S003

2200R009

S007

S002

27kR012

S010

10kR013

10kR014

1500R002

S009

S006

S011

S001

1

A

TP_BOT

VD_SO

OSD_SO

PANEL_13.3V

PANEL_2.8V

P_UNREG_GND

PANEL_B

DIAL_B

XRESET_SW

P_UNREG

PANEL_-15.3V

PANEL_VG

TP_R

PANEL_4.6V

D_2.8V

BATT_LI_3V

XCS_LCD

REG_GND

KEY_AD4

P_UNREG_GND

P_UNREG

SP+

PANEL_4.6V

EVER_3.0V

TP_TOP

P_UNREG_GND

PANEL_R

PANEL_13.3V

REG_GND

XHD_OUT

REG_GND

KEY_AD5

PANEL_COM

C-SYNC/XHD

XVD

PANEL_2.8V

TP_L

P_UNREG_GND

SP-

KEY_AD2

PANEL_G

XOSD_SCK

PANEL_-15.3V

PANEL_-15.3V

XCS_LCD_DRIVER

DIAL_A

LCD_COM/XDATA

VD_SCK

KEY_AD3

TP_R

XCS_LCD_DRIVER

REG_GND

PANEL_G

PANEL_2.8V

PANEL_R

REG_GND

DISP_VD

LCD_COM/XDATA

XHD_OUT

DISP_HD

REG_GND

P_UNREG

VG

OSD_SO

VD_SO

TP_TOP

PANEL_-15.3V

TP_BOT

PANEL_13.3V

XOSD_SCK

VD_SCK

PANEL_B

COM_OUT

TP_L

XCS_LCD_DAC

PANEL_4.6V

EVER_3.0V

P_UNREG_GND

P_UNREG_GND

SP-

SP+

REG_GND

REG_GND

KEY_AD5

KEY_AD4

KEY_AD3

D_2.8V

DIAL_B

DIAL_A

D_2.8V

REG_GND

REG_GND

REG_GND

REG_GND

D_2.8V

KEY_AD3N

KEY_AD4N

REG_GND

REG_GND

REG_GND

REG_GND

KEY_AD4N

KEY_AD4N

KEY_AD2

BATT_LI_3V

REG_GND

REG_GND

RESET

VOLUME+

FFPLAY

REC

REW

PAUSE

MENU

DISPLAY

STOP

(PANEL OPEN/CLOSE)

(LITHIUM BATTERY)

NETWORK PROGRAM AE

LIGHT BACKLIGHT

FADER

SEL/PUSH EXEC

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(KP-2890)

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(KY-2890)

FOCUS

AUTO MANUAL INFINITY

REC

VOLUME-

THROUGHTHE FP-456 FLEXIBLE

(PAGE 4-70)

TOVC-283 BOARD(19/19)CN1005

(PANEL REVERSE)

FP-461FLEXIBLE

TOPD-165 BOARD(2/2)CN5806

THROUGHTHE PC-122 HARNESS

(PAGE 4-25)

THROUGHTHE PC-121 HARNESS

(PAGE 4-25)

TOPD-165 BOARD(2/2)CN5802

SP901(SPEAKER)

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(KP-2890,KY-2890)are replaced as a block.So that its PRINTED WIRING BOARDS are omitted.

SIGNAL PATH

PB

REC

Y/CHROMAYCHROMA

VIDEO SIGNAL

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

CONTROL SWITCHCK-115 BOARD

H

M

2 3 12

J

179

G

11

E

C

10

K

14136

B

7

I

D

F

155

L

84 16

16

SIGNALAUDIO

Page 52: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

4-17 4-18FK-2890/PS-2890/FP-460

4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

TOVC-283 BOARD(19/19)CN1007

(PAGE 4-70)

(DCR-TRV50/ TRV50E)

RV001

VDR0621000P

LND203

S068 S067

R06715001200

R068

VDR0611000P

15PCN002

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

8PCN001

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

0R075

S070

S069

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

D001

S003

S002

S001

S004

S001

1

A

XVTR_MODE_SW

GND

GND

(ZOOM)

XCAM_STBY_SW

TREG_GND

XS/S_SW

XPHOTO_STBY_SW

VSS(CGND)

N.C.

VSS(CGND)

SCLK

BS

VCC

N.C.

VCC

INS

DIO

MS_LED_VCC

XMS_ACCESS

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

XEJECT_SW

XEJECT_SW

XEJECT_SW

XEJECT_SW

XEJECT_SW

XEJECT_SW

GND

KEY_AD1

VCC

GND

D_2.8V

XCAM_STBY_SW

XPHOTO_STBY_SW

N.C.

XS/S_SW

XPHOTO_FREEZE

D_2.8V

GND

GND

MS_LED_VCC

DIO

XVTR_MODE_SW

XEJECT_SW

ZOOM_AD

GND

GND

SCLK

BS

INS

XMS_ACCESS

VCC

GND

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

W

EDITSEARCH +

MS_ACCESS

OPEN/EJECT

PHOTO

PHOTO

VCR

CAMERA

START/STOP

MEMORY/NETWORK

MEMORY STICKCONNECTOR

FP-460FLEXIBLE

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(PS-2890)

2 3 9

E

C

106

B

7

D

F

5 84

16CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(FK-2890,PS-2890)are replaced as a block.So that its PRINTED WIRING BOARD are omitted.

CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(FK-2890)

OFF(CHG)

EDITSEARCH -

POWER

Page 53: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

4-19 4-20 MA-408 (1/2)

4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS MA-408 PRINTED WIRING BOARD4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS MA-408 PRINTED WIRING BOARD

For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-79 for printed wiring board.

TOVC-283 BOARD(19/19)CN1006

(PAGE 4-69)

(PAGE 4-13)

TOJK-219 BOARD

4.5

4.5

0.2

3.0

1.4

2.8

2.8

1.4

2.8

2.7

0

1.8

1.4

1.4

2.3

1.4

2.1

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

2.3

1.4

0 1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.2

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

00

00

0 0

2.00

0

0

0

-0.4

0

3.0

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

XXR5914

B0.1u

C5921

0.1uC5917

9100R5921

2SB1462J-QR(K8).SOQ5903

B0.1u

C5936

0R5927

10kR5905

1200R5940

0.5%11k

R5945

B0.022uC5903

XP4313-(TX).SOQ5906

3

5

4

6

2

1

0.5%11k

R5950

B0.001uC5908

33R5915

B0.1u

C5918

2200R5918

33kR5937

R59010

B0.022uC5906

B0.1u

C5937

CH100p

C5914

9100R5922

2200R5907

18kR5902

0R5926

9100R5924

XXC5901

15kR5931

AN2901FHQ-EBIC5901

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1314

1516

1718

1920

2122

2324

252627282930313233343536

3738

3940

4142

4344

4546

4748

B0.047uC5920

CL-310IRS-X-TUD5903

SBX3055-01IC5903

12 4

3

XXR5949

B0.01u

C5928

B0.1u

C5938

P6.3V10u

C5907

22kR5944

9100R5923

33kR5903

0.22uF

C5933

6800R5910

B0.022uC5924

8200R5928

B0.01uC5926

820R5946

B0.022uC5902

CH100p

C5910

1kR5912

8200R5925

TA

10u6.3V

C5932

P

XXC5916

2200R5943

XXC5913

1500R5934

B0.1u

C5935

1kR5952

B0.022uC5904

±

±

±

0.5%5600

R5948

P6.3V10u

C5909

LND591

A

XXR5938

4VTA

22uC5934

37PCN5903

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

2200R5919

6800R5908

B0.001uC5912

CH100p

C5911

4700R5904

10u6.3VTA P

C5939

CL-310IRS-X-TUD5902

15kR5932

33kR5942

10kR5947

XXD5901

1LD2PD

3KCOM

0.01uB

C5905

2200R5906

NJM2125F(TE2)IC5902

1+

2G

3-4 O

5 V

B0.1uC5930

4700R5929

33R5916

B0.1uC5919

B0.022uC5923

470R5933

100uHL5901

47R5951

1kR5913

B0.01uC5925

B0.047uC5922

18kR5941

TLSU1002(TPX1,SONY)D5905

B0.01uC5927

0.1uC5931

CH100pC5915

CN5901 4P

1

2

3

4

EXT_IN_R

REG_GND

LANC_DC

AU_GND

MF_A

MT_4.9V

MF_LED

REG_GND

AU_GND

MF_B

EXT_IN_L

LANC_SIG

REG_GND

LANC_JACK_IN

47R5953

2SC5585H-T2LQ5909

3300R5956

47R5954

UN9215J-(K8).SOQ591068

R5957

0R5958

1SS352-TPH3D5904

SENS_ON

PHOTO_TR_OUT

6.3VTA

10uC5929

1

A

MF_A

HP

F_O

UT_

L

INT_MIC_R

XSIRCS_IN

SENS_ON

ZOOM_MIC_CONT

ZOOM_AMP_OUT

AU_GND

XMIC_MONO

AM

P_O

UT_

R

C_REG

ZOOM_BAL

MT_4.9V

MTX

_AM

P_O

UT_

R

SHOE_MIC_L

INT_

IN_L

MF_LED

MO

DE_

CTL

_2

SIRCS_PWM

AU_GND

N.C.

LANC_SIG

EXT_MICREG_GND

MIC_MONO

AU_GND

SU

B_S

IG_O

UT_

L

HP

F_A

MP

_IN

_R

C_1/2VCC

MO

DE_

CTL

_1

LANC_JACK_IN

REG_GND

A_4.6V

SUB_IN_R

REG_GND

SU

B_I

N_L

EXT_MIC_DET

INT_MIC_GND

HPF_AMP_IN_L

EXT_

IN_L

MTX

_AM

P_I

N_R

SU

B_S

IG_O

UT_

R

INV

T_O

UT_

R

SG

_IN

_R

MIC_R

AU_2.8V

INT_MIC_L

REG

_2.5

V

MIC_L

XF_TALLY_LED

EXT_

IN_R

ZOOM_AMP_IN

N.C.

HP

F_O

UT_

R

AM

P_O

UT_

L

MTX

_AM

P_I

N_L

ZOOM_POSI

MT_4.9V

D_2.8V

N.C.LANC_DC

REG

_2.5

V

GND HPF_ON/OFF

SAFE_ON

MT_GND

MIX_OUT

INV

T_O

UT_

L

L_OUT

AF_LD_VCC

VCCIN

T_IN

_R

GND MTX

_AM

P_O

UT_

L

R_OUT

IR_ON

LD_EVR

PHOTO_TR_OUT

AF_LD_VCC

REG_GND

PD_OUT

SG

_IN

_L

INT_MIC_GND

MF_B

N.C.

MT_GND

MIC AMP

IC5901

AF LASER CONTROL

IC5902

REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER

IC5903

(TALLY)

AF LASER CONTROL

SAFE SWITCH

(IR LED)

IR LED DRIVE

IR LED DRIVE

L

R

MIC901MIC UNIT

H

2 3 12

J

9

G

11

E

C

10 14136

B

7

I

D

F

155 84

MIC AMP,REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVERMA-408 BOARD(1/2)

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

PB

SIGNAL PATH

SIGNAL

REC

AUDIO

16

1 (2/2)

Page 54: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

4-21 4-22MA-408 (2/2)

4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS MA-408 PRINTED WIRING BOARD4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS MA-408 PRINTED WIRING BOARD

For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-79 for printed wiring board.

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

J6202

REG_GND

EXT_IN_R

LANC_JACK_IN

XXD6203

XXC6202

AU_GND

2200pB

C6201

LND621

GND

FB62050uH

REG_GND

LANC_DC

MF_A

FB62060uH

EXT_IN_L

LANC_SIG

01ZA8.2(TPL3)D6204

MT_4.9V

VDR621

XXD6202

MF_B

FB62010uH

J6201

REG_GND

FB62030uH

XXC6203

8PCN6201

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

AU_GND

MF_LED

FB62040uH

220R6207

VDR622 VDR6230R6208

PHOTO_TR_OUTXXR6202

XXR6203

R6201 XX

R6205XX

XXR6206

XXQ6201

3

5

4

6

2

1XXR6204

SENS_ON

GP1S092HCPIPH6301

GP1S092HCPIPH6302

1

A

N.C.(PHOTO_TR_C)

GND

MF_A

MF_B

GND

MT_4.9V

MF_LED

N.C.(PHOTO_TR_E)

LANC

MIC(PLUG IN POWER)

SE-124 BOARDMF SENSORXX MARK:NO MOUNT

LANC,EXT MICMA-408 BOARD(2/2)

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

2 3

E

C

6

B

7

D

5 84

SIGNAL PATH

AUDIO

PB

SIGNAL

REC

16

1 (1/2)

Page 55: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

4-23 4-24 PD-165 (1/2)

4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS PD-165 PRINTED WIRING BOARD4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS PD-165 PRINTED WIRING BOARD

For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-83 for printed wiring board.• Refer to page 4-93 for waveforms.

1.5

2.8

2.6

2.7

2.7

2.8

1.2

1.2

2.8

1.8

1.8

1.8

0 1.6

2.7

0.2

6.9

1.4

1.4

13.6

4.6

2.3

1.4

2.3

1.5

2.3

1.5

4.6

13.6

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

3.0

1

2

3

4

5

6

2.8

0

2.8

2.8

2.8

1.4

2.8

1.4

1.4

2.8

2.7

0.2

1.4

1.4

2.6

2.8

2.7

2.7

2.6

2.8

1.4

1.4

0

2.7

0.1

2.8

0

2.8

0

0.1

2.2

0.5

2.6

2.6

2.8

2.8

2.8

2.8

7

8

9

0.1

2.8

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

0.01uC5706

100R5732

PANEL_13.3V

68kR5710

68kR5712

22kR5711

0.1uB

C5715

L5703 10uH

R5705470k

BL

24PCN5701

1 VGH

2 VSS

3 VGL

4 VDD

5 N.C.

6 GRES

7 GPCK

8 GSRT

9 STBYB

10 RESET

11 VCOM

12 VBC

13 STBYB

14 SRT

15 OE

16 CLR

17 MCLK

18 HCNT

19 VR

20 VG

21 VB

22 VSS

23 VDD

24 VSH

BL_DET

1u BC5721

0.1uB

C5709

2700R5708

1uB

C5727

100kR5714

PANEL_B

VG

L570110uH

1u BC5719

XCS_PANEL

COM_OUT

47kR5709

10kR5721

B

C57100.01u

L570410uH

ATA10u 10V

C5716

0.1uC5708

VD_SCK

XHD_OUT

A16V

TA6.8u

C5722

IC5702CM7021L3-E2

1

HD

I

2

HD

B

3

W/H

4

BL-

ON

5

BL-

DET

6

GN

D/T

ESTI

7

TES

TI/G

ND

8

LED

9

PW

M

10

TES

TI

11

TES

TI

12

CP

MO

DE/

CLS

13CP/SPS

14GRES/EX1

15GPCK/MODE1

16GSRT/MODE2

17STBYB/SPG

18RESET/EX2

21OE/PSS2

19VDD/RES

20SRT/PSS1

22CLR/CTR

23MCLK/CLD

24HCNT/SPD

25

DR

.P.S

AV

E

26

OS

CO

27

OS

CI

28

XC

.SA

VE

29

PD

30

PS

/VD

D

31

GN

D

32

-IN

/TES

TO

33

+IN

/TES

TO

34

OU

T/TE

STO

35

SY

F

36

PO

CB

37 BGP

38 SWCOM

39 SW

40 FRP

41 COM_FRP

42 XSCK

45 SO

44 XCS

43 VDD/TESTI

46 SI

47 VSYB

48 XVD

Q57012SD2216J-QR(K8).SO

1MR5713

PANEL_R

0.1uB

C5702

560pCH

C5713

0.5%33k

R5702

0.1uB

C5714

REG_GND

L570210uH

1u BC5720

PANEL_-15.3V

PANEL_2.8V

Q5702UN9213J-(K8).SO

100R5737

B

C57030.1u

TA3.3u 20V

C5711

0.001uSL

C5717

0.1uB

C5723

PWM

0.1uB

C5712

0.01uC5704

100kR5706

MA111-TXD5701

L57052.2uH

1SV288(TPH3)D5702

15kR5707

PANEL_G

TA

68u4V

C5701

120R5719

100

R57

36

R572210k

±

±

0.5%27k

R5703

TA

10u6.3V

C5707

0.01uC5705

C571847pCH

0.1uB

C5724

R57170

470kR5701

XVD

R572756k

PANEL_4.6V

SYNC

1uB

C5726

VD_SO

IC5701CXA3592R-T4

1

N.C

.

2

N.C

.

3

N.C

.

4

N.C

.

5N

.C.6

N.C

.

7

BIA

S

8

OP

_IN

+

9

OP

_IN

-

10

OP

_OU

T

11

VC

O

12

N.C

.

13N.C.

14N.C.

15Vcc4

16VSH

17GND1

18GND2

21G_DC_DET

19R_DC_DET

20VR

22VG

23B_DC_DET

24VB

25

Vcc

2

26

Vcc

3

27

CO

M_O

UT

28

N.C

.

29

CO

M_F

RP

30

FRP

31

GN

D3

32

BLA

CK

_IN

33

BG

P

34

N.C

.

35

EXT_

DA

1

36

R_I

NJE

CT

37 EXT_DA2

38 XC.SAVE

39 XSCK

40 SI

41 XCS

42 Vcc1

45 XP.SAVE44 LPF_ADJ

43 TRAP_ADJ

46 B_IN

47 G_IN

48 R_IN

1

A

FRP

VG

VR

TG17

TG20

XTG_SO

TG21

TG14

VD_SCK

VD_SCK

TG22

TG16

XCS_PANEL

TG23

TG15

VD_SO

TG24

BLK

COM_FRP

TG24B

LK

VB

TG23

TG22

TG14

XP.

SA

VE

TG13

XC.SAVE

CO

M_F

RP

XCS_PANEL

XTG_SO

FRP

VR

BG

P

TG13

VB

XP.SAVE

BGP

TG18

XVD

SYNC

TG20

VD_SO

TG21

XCS_PANEL

TG18

XVD

TG16

SYNC

XC

.SA

VE

TG15

XHD_OUT

XHD_OUT

TG17

VD_SCK

VG

RGB DRIVE,TIMING GENERATORPD-165 BOARD(1/2)

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

IC5701RGB DRIVE

RESET

TIMING GENERATOR

IC5702

INVERTER

LCD901

COLORLCD UNIT

REC

Y/CHROMAY

SIGNAL PATH

CHROMA

PB

VIDEO SIGNAL

16

H

2 3 12

J

9

G

11

E

C

10

K

14136

B

7

I

D

F

155 84

1 (2/2)

2 (2/2)

Page 56: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

4-25 4-26PD-165 (2/2)

4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS PD-165 PRINTED WIRING BOARD4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS PD-165 PRINTED WIRING BOARD

For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-83 for printed wiring board.• Refer to page 4-93 for waveforms.

1.6

2.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

2.8

0

1.5

1.4

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

2.8 0

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

1.4

4.5

4.6

3.8

0

2.8

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

0.1uB

C5801

PANEL_G

VD_SCK

PANEL_2.8V

BU9735K-E2IC5801

1 OSC1

2 OSC2

3 VSS

4 VC

5 VLCD

6 VDD

7 SCK

8 SO

9

XC

S

10

C/X

D

11

CO

M1

12

CO

M2

13

CO

M3

14

CO

M4

15

SEG

1

16

SEG

2

17SEG3

18SEG4

19SEG5

20SEG6

21SEG7

22SEG8

23SEG9

24SEG10

25

SEG

11

26

SEG

12

27

SEG

13

28

SEG

14

29

SEG

15

30

SEG

16

31

SEG

17

32

SEG

18

REG_GND

VD_SO

R58050

Q5801UN9214J-(K8).SO

PANEL_B

Q58022SB1462J-QR(K8).SO

R58041k

L58014.7uH C5806

0.1uB

680kR5802

C5804XX

B

C58030.1u

PANEL_R

PANEL_-15.3V

7PCN5803

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

LND581

AXCS_PANEL

BL

SYNC

VG

PWM

100R5801

BL_DET

XVD

R58034700

PANEL_4.6V

L5802100uH

R5806XX

21PCN5804

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

20PCN5802

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

C5802

16V47u

B

C58071u

XHD_OUT

COM_OUT

CN5805 5P

1

2

3

4

5

C5805

6.3V10u

TA

PANEL_13.3V

CN5806 10P

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

C5808

6.3V22u 15PCN3211

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

ND901

1

A

SEG

14

SEG

11

SEG8

SEG10

SEG8

SEG

1

COM1

SEG3

SEG15

SEG

12

CO

M1

SEG9

SEG7

SEG10

COM2

SEG6

COM4

SEG11

SEG3

SEG14

COM3

SEG12

SEG5

SEG13

SEG7

SEG

13

SEG16

SEG4

SEG2

SEG

15

SEG1

SEG5

SEG

16

SEG6

CO

M4

CO

M3

SEG

2

SEG9

CO

M2

SEG4

TP_L

SEG9

COM4

P_UNREG_GND

SEG10

PANEL_4.6V

EVER_3.0V

PANEL_13.3V

SEG16

N.C.

SEG4

SEG13

P_UNREG

PWM

SEG2

N.C.

TP_TOP

LCD_COM/XDATA

PANEL_2.8V

SEG8

P_UNREG_GND

XCS_LCD_DAC

XHD_OUT

COM3

SEG11

SEG3

N.C.

TP_BOT

REG_GND

P_UNREG

XCS_LCD_DRIVER

SEG12

VD_SCK

SEG1

VG

REG_GND

BL_DET

TP_L

TP_BOT

REG_GND

COM2

SEG5

XOSD_SCK

VD_SO

PANEL_R

TP_R

COM_OUT

N.C.

TP_TOP

SEG6

DISP_VD

SEG15

PANEL_4.6V

PANEL_G

P_UNREG_GND

TP_R

OSD_SO

DISP_HD

SEG14

COM1

PANEL_B

PANEL_-15.3V

SEG7

TOCK-115 BOARDCN5206

THROUGHTHE PC-122 HARNESS

(PAGE 4-16)

TOCK-115 BOARDCN5207

THROUGHTHE PC-121 HARNESS

(PAGE 4-16)

TA901TOUCH PANEL

IC5801LCD DRIVER

Y/CHROMA

SIGNAL PATH

PB

REC

CHROMA Y

VIDEO SIGNAL

SWITCH

SWITCH

LCD902

CHARACTER DISPLAY

INVERTER UNIT

BL_GND

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

BL_LOW

N.C.

BL_HI

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

LED

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

BACKLIGHT

16

PD-165 BOARD(2/2)

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

LCD DRIVER,BACKLIGHT

H

2 3 129

G

11

E

C

10 136

B

7

D

F

5 84

(1/2)1(1/2)2

Note :The components identified bymark 0 or dotted line with mark0 are critical for safety.Replace only with part numberspecified.

Note :Les composants identifiés parune marque 0 sont critiquespour la sécurité.Ne les remplacer que par unepièce portant le numéro spécifié.

Page 57: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

4-27 4-28 DD-176 (1/2)

4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS DD-1176 PRINTED WIRING BOARD4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS DD-1176 PRINTED WIRING BOARD

For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-85 for printed wiring board.

7.8

7.8

8.0 8.2

8.0

7.8

0.1

0.1

2.7

8.28.2

7.68.2

1.0

2.7

3.0

1.5

2.2

2.8

4.6

0.8

4.9

2.6

3.0

2.7

0.1

2.7

8.2

4.9

1.4

1.3

2.2

1.5

0.6

1.2

1.3

1.3

0.3

0.3

0.6

1.3

3.0

1.4

0.8

0.8

1.6

1.3

1.8

3.8

3.3

6.7

2.6

5.3

3.7

7.5

5.8

2.8

P1.9R1.7

R3.5P3.9

R2.4P1.1

P7.8R7.3

3.9

1.3

1.2 0

1.2

0.5 0 0

2.2 0

2.2

8.2

4.9

8.2

0.5

0

2.2

0.88.2

7.5

0.8

3.7

5.9

2.68.2

2.8

2.6

1.6

3.3

8.2 1.6

6.7

4.98.2

R1.7/P1.9

4.9

2.9

5.3

2.9

2.6

8.2

R3.5P3.9

4.9

R2.4/P1.1

08.2

R7.3/P7.8

4.68.2

1.8

4.6

3.8

8.2

8.2

0

0.1

8.2

8.2

8.2

8.2

0

8.2

8.2

8.2

8.2

8.2

0

0

8.2

1.5

1.0

1.6

2.0

2.2

2.8

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE

4700pB

C4514

F45071.4A32V

MCH5804-TL-EQ4526

52

1

34

1uHL4516

0.047uB

C4518

22k

R4518

BATT/XEXT

4700p BC4509

± 0.5%2200

R4532

RB501V-40TE-17D4505

1uHL4523

3.3uB

C4529

6.3V4.7u

B

C4545

LN4501 A

REG_GND

10uHL4507

0.047uB

C4519

±0.5%2200

R4506

100pCH

C4517

10u10VTA

C4559

18k

R45

33

1uHL4515

10u6.3V

C4555

1uHL4513

3.3u10V B

C4538

4700R4516

10kR4514

0.047uC4528

22uHL4503

10kR4513

XXC4503

1MR4505

3.3u10V B

C4532

± 0.5%22k

R4530

6.3V4.7u

B

C4542

RP_4.6V

16V10u

C4563

6.3V4.7u

B

C4541

47kR4528

MCH3309-TLQ4514

1

2

3

D_1.5V

0.022u BC4508

1uHL4511

10u16VTA

C4524

D_2.8V

1kR4515

6.3V10u

C4556

0.1uB

C4523

3.3u10V B

C4536

22uHL4509

1uHL4524

10u6.3V

C4558

10u16VTA

C4520

PANEL_4.6V

6.3V4.7u

B

C4550

LN4502 A

1SS357-TPH3D4503

RB501V-40TE-17D4504

4700R4511

DRUM_VS

F45011.4A32V

1kR4522

1kR4517

MCH3309-TLQ4515

1

2

3

10u6.3V

C4557

22u16VTA

C4525

22uHL4510

6.3V4.7u

B

C4547

1uHL4526

LF4501

1 2

43

F45021.4A 32V

MCH5804-TL-EQ4525

52

1

34

10u

TA10V

C456222kR4535

AU_2.8V

0.04

7uC

4526

1/10W22

R4521

10VTA

10uC4551

MCH5804-TL-EQ4527

52

1

34

10u10VTA

C4564

F45061.4A32V

100kR4502

BATT_SIG

10u10VTA

C4560

6PCN4501

1

2

3

4

5

6

BATT_UNREG

10u6.3V

C4561

MCH5804-TL-EQ4528

52

1

34

6.3V4.7u

B

C4546

PRT_UNREG

F45031.4A 32V

XXR4520

MCH5804-TL-EQ4521

52

1

34

± 0.5%20k

R4509

3.3u10V B

C4535

22uHL4501

1uHL4519

33uHL4504

4.7uHL4521

0.1u BC4512

MCH3309-TLQ4510

1

2

3

D_1.9V

RP_2.8V

4700R4523

22uHL4502

0.01uB

C4504

0.1uC4521

A_2.8V

GANDHI_1.5V

3.3u10V B

C4537

AU_4.6V

MB4499PFV-G-BND-ERIC4501

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

2122

2324

2526

2728

2930

3132

3334

3536

3738

3940

4142434445464748495051525354555657585960

6162

6364

6566

6768

6970

7172

7374

7576

7778

7980

EVF_4.6V

XXR4534

1uHL4517

D_1.6V

4700pB

C4511

2200R4529

10u6.3V

P

C4553

A_4.6V

XXR4507

VTR_UNREG

MCH3309-TLQ4513

1

2

3

22u16VTA

C4527

F45051.4A 32V

0.022u

B25V

C4501

±0.5%5100

R4531

F45041.4A 32V

10u6.3V

C4565

16V2.2u

B

C4548

150kR4536

10u16VTA

C4522

MCH3309-TLQ4517

1

2

3

0.001uC4507

CAP_VS

XXC4516

1kR4501

PANEL/EVF_2.8V

1uHL4514

3.3uB

C4530

4.7uHL4520

3.3u10V B

C4531

16V2.2u

B

C4549

ST_UNREG

0.047uC4515

1uHL4525

1uHL4522

MCH3310-TL-EQ4516

1

2

3

MT_4.9V

±0.5%4700

R4508

22uHL4508

10u4V

C4554

MCH3309-TLQ4509

1

2

3

SSM3K03FE(TPL3)Q4501

F45081.4A32V

SHOE_UNREG

10u

TA10V

C4566

1uHL4518

MCH5804-TL-EQ4522

52

1

34

0.001uC4506

0.022u BC4510

MCH3405-TL-EQ4520

12

3

TPCS8302(TE12L)Q4502

18

CP

H61

02-T

L-E

Q45

03

1 2 3456

1/10W22

R4519

RN1104F(TPL3)Q4504

UN9213J-(K8).SOQ4505

1SS357-TPH3D4501

01ZA8.2(TPL3)D4502

XXR4560

1kR4561

47kR4554

2SJ305(TE85L)Q4519

2SJ305(TE85L)Q4518

TPCS8302(TE12L)Q4529

1kR4562

1MR4559

10V1u

B

C4539

10V1u

B

C4540

100R4556

47kR4555

1MR4558

100R4557

SHOE_ON

RN1104F(TPL3)Q4506

RN2104F(TPL3)Q4507

RN2104F(TPL3)Q4508

DD_15V

DD_-15.3V

XXR4564

XXR4565

4.7uHL4528

1kR4568

HN1C01FE-Y/GR(TPLR3)Q4531

6

2

1

3

5

4

100kR4567

± 0.5%8200

R4571

± 0.5%4700

R4569

± 0.5%15k

R4570

P6.3V10u

C4568

2SA1832F-Y/GR(TPL3)Q4530

4.7uF

C4567

1

A

DRUM_ERROR

CAP_ERROR

EVER_3.0V

INIT_CHARGE_ON

FAST_CHARGE

HI_EVER_SCK

XCS_DD

HI_EVER_SO

VTR_DD_ON

OUT6-P

OUT6-N

OUT1-N

OUT7-N

OUT9-N

OUT5-P

OUT8-P

OUT4-N

OUT7-P

OUT4-P

OUT8-N

OUT10-P

OUT1-P

OUT5-N

XC

S_D

D

HI_EVER_SO

HI_EVER_SCK

XCS_DD

HI_

EVER

_SO

HI_

EVER

_SC

K

OUT5-N

OUT5-P

OUT1-N

OUT1-P

OUT4-N

OUT4-POUT6-N

OUT6-P

OUT7-N

OUT7-P

OUT8-N

OUT8-P

OUT10-P

OUT9-N

1.9V

DRUM_VS

-IN

(A)1

0

+IN8

BATT_SIG

CT

OUT3-N

GND(O)-3

2.8V

+IN2

V-I

N6

FB9

OUT7-N

+IN7

FB4

GN

D(O

)-2

-IN

(S)1

0

MT_

4.9V

-IN

2

3.1V

2.8V

Vcc

(O)-

2

2.8V

V-I

N3

-IN

(S)9

CA

P_V

S

FB6

FB5

OUT5-N

-IN1

OUT10-P

OUT1-N

MT_4.9V

CTL

D_1.6V

DIN

GN

D

RT

4.6V

FB1

OUT2-P

SS

OU

T5

DR

UM

_VS

V-I

N7

-IN9

OU

T(A

)10

-IN5

OUT6-P

CS

CP

OUT8-P

OUT6-N

OUT2-N

1.6V

-IN6

SW

OU

T6

GCTL

-15.3V

V-I

N1

FB10

Vdd

(O)-

3

OUT9-N

GND(O)-1

BATT_XEXT

Vcc

(O)-

1FB3

-15.

3V

CS

2

CAP_VS

DO

UT

U/D

CTL

2

ACV_UNREG

OUT8-N

VB

V-I

N5

OUT5-P

FB7

4.6V

OUT1-P

OUT4-P

CLK

FB8

BATT_GND

4.6V

-IN

10

DRUM_VS

1.9V

MT_4.9V

BATT_UNREG

1.9V

OUT4-N

U/D

CTL

56

ACV_GND

Vcc

(O)-

3

-IN8

OUT7-P

V-I

N8

Vdd

(O)-

1

15V

CS

1

-IN31.6V

Vdd

-IN7

FB2

Vdd

(O)-

2

V-I

N4

1.6V

RS

T

LD

15V

3.1V

CAP_VS

OUT3-P

-IN4

1.9V REG1.9V REG

SWITCH

SWITCH

SWITCH

SWITCH

SWITCH

SWITCH

SWITCH

SWITCH

SWITCH

SWITCH

SWITCH

SWITCH

SWITCH

SWITCH

SHOE UNREG SWITCH

SHOE ON SWITCH

SHOE UNREG SWITCH

PRT UNREG SWITCH

PRT UNREG SWITCH

SHOE UNREG/PRT UNREG SWITCH

FAST CHARGE

FAST CHARGE

INIT

. CH

AR

GE

INIT. CHARGE

PROTECT

DC/DC CONVERTER

IC4501

DC IN

BT901

BATTERYTERMINAL

19

H

M

2 3 12

J

179

G

11

E

C

10

K

14136

B

7

I

D

18

F

155

L

84

N

16

DD-176 BOARD(1/2)

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

DC/DC CONVERTER

20

Drum servo (speed and phase)

SIGNAL PATHREC REC/PB PB

Capstan servo (speed and phase)

16

1 (2/2)

(2/2)2

3 (2/2)

Note :The components identified bymark 0 or dotted line with mark0 are critical for safety.Replace only with part numberspecified.

Note :Les composants identifiés parune marque 0 sont critiquespour la sécurité.Ne les remplacer que par unepièce portant le numéro spécifié.

Page 58: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

4-29 4-30DD-176 (2/2)

4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS DD-176 BOARD LB-078 BOARD4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS DD-176 BOARD LB-078 BOARD

For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-85 for printed wiring board.

R1.0P0

P0R0.3

R0.4P3.9

R1.4P3.1

R1.

0/P

0

P4.6R0

P0R0.30.3

4.6 R0.4P3.9

4.6

R2.

8 P0

R0P4.6

R4.6P0

NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R :REC MODE P :PB MODE

CAP_ERROR

FAST_CHARGE

INIT_CHARGE_ON

DRUM_ERROR

VTR_DD_ON

HI_EVER_SO

XCS_DD

EVER_3.0V

HI_EVER_SCK

EVF_4.6V

21PCN4603

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

100PCN4601

1

3

5

7

9

11

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

41

43

45

47

49

51

53

55

57

59

61

63

65

67

69

71

73

75

77

79

81

83

85

87

89

91

93

95

97

99

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

30

32

34

36

38

40

42

44

46

48

50

52

54

56

58

60

62

64

66

68

70

72

74

76

78

80

82

84

86

88

90

92

94

96

98

100

XXC4601

SHOE_UNREG

01ZA8.2(TPL3)D4602

0R4603

D46

0101

ZA8.

2(TP

L3)

0R4601

01ZA8.2(TPL3)D4604

PRT_UNREG

0.1u

B

C4603

10V

0R4605

0R4604

UDZSTE-178.2BD4605

0.1u

B

C4602

10V

0R4602

01ZA8.2(TPL3)D4603

20PCN4604

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

33PCN4602

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

SHOE_ON

NSCW100-T39D6102

0.5%180k

R6102

HN1B04FE-Y/GR(TPLR3)Q6102

3

5

4 6

2

1

2.2uF

C6102

RN4983FE(TPLR3)Q61013

5

4

6

2

1

20PCN6101

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

XXR6105

16PCN6102

1 VDD

2 VSS

3 VST

4 VCK2

5 STB

6 EN

7 DWN

8 RGT

9 HST

10 HCK2

11 HCK1

12 BLK

13 B

14 R

15 G

16 COM

0.5%33k

R6103

3300R6104

TH61016.8k

C61010.1u ±±

±

0.5%22

R6106

NJM

2125

F(TE

2)IC

6101

1 2 3

45

45P

CN

4607

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

1

A

BATT_UNREG

VTR_UNREG

CAP_VS

DRUM_VS

RP_2.8V

A_2.8V

MT_4.9V

PANEL/EVF_2.8V

AU_2.8V

D_1.6V

DD_-15.3V

GANDHI_1.5V

DD_15V

D_2.8V

D_1.9V

D_1.5V

A_4.6V

PANEL_4.6V

RP_4.6V

AU_4.6V

ST_UNREG

BATT_SIG

BATT/XEXT

REG_GND

DRUM_VS

CAP_VS

BATT_SIG

BATT/XEXTINIT_CHARGE_ON

VTR_DD_ON

XCS_DD

HI_EVER_SO

HI_EVER_SCK

DRUM_ERROR

CAP_ERROR

EN

HCK1

HST

HCK2

BLK

VST

VCK2

VSS

VDD

LED_ON/OFF

LED_DA

COM

R

G

B

COM

G

R

B

BLK

HST

HCK2

HCK1

EN

STB

VCK2

VST

VDD

LED_ON/OFF

LED_DA

VSS

SCHARGE_ON

STROBO_ON

XSCHARGE_FULL

STROBO_DOWN

PLUNGER

SCHARGE_ON

STROBO_ON

STROBO_DOWN

XSCHARGE_FULL

SHOE_MIC_L

SHOE_CONT_AD

SHOE_MIC_GND

CTS

STBY_ON

RTS

SHOE_ID2

RXD

SHOE_ID1

TXD

LANC_SIG

SHOE_MIC_L

SHOE_CONT_AD

SHOE_MIC_GND

CTS

STBY_ON

RTS

SHOE_ID2

RXD

SHOE_ID1

TXD

LANC_SIGSHOE_ON

STB

PLUNGER

FAST_CHARGE

BATT/XEXT

BATT_SIG

FAST_CHARGE

INIT_CHARGE_ON

DRUM_ERROR

CAP_VS

CAP_ERROR

DRUM_VS

HI_EVER_SCK

HI_EVER_SO

XCS_DD

VTR_DD_ON

SHOE_ON

DD_15V

A_4.6V

AU_4.6V

RP_4.6V

RP_2.8V

AU_2.8V

A_2.8V

D_2.8V

D_1.9V

BATT_UNREG

VTR_UNREG

EVER_3.0V

EVER_3.0V

BATT_UNREG

VTR_UNREG

D_1.9V

RP_2.8V

A_2.8V

AU_2.8V

D_2.8V

DD_15V

RP_4.6V

AU_4.6V

A_4.6V

COM

G

R

B

BLK

HST

HCK2

HCK1

EN

STB

VCK2

VST

VSS

VSS

VDD

EVF_BL_GND

EVF_BL_GND

EVF_BL_4.6V

EVF_BL_4.6V

LED_ON/OFF

VST

HCK1

EN

B

STB

HCK2

HST

BLK

R

VDD

COM

VCK2

G

EVF_GND

LED_DA

LED_ON/OFF

LED_DA

PANEL/EVF_2.8V

PANEL/EVF_2.8V

DD_-15.3V

DD_-15.3V

REG_GND

REG_GND

REG_GND

REG_GND

RP_2.8V

AU_2.8V

A_2.8V

A_2.8V

D_2.8V

D_2.8V

D_1.9V

D_1.9V

D_1.6V

D_1.6V

IC1704_1.5V

D_1.5V

D_1.5V

MT_4.9V

MT_4.9V

MT_GND

PANEL_UNREG_GND

FAST_CHARGE

BATT_SIG

BATT/XEXT

PANEL_4.6V

DD_15V

DD_15V

A_4.6V

A_4.6V

AU_4.6V

RP_4.6V

DRUM_VS

DRUM_VS

DRUM_ERROR

CAP_VS

CAP_VS

CAP_ERROR

EVER_3.0V

HI_EVER_SCK

HI_EVER_SO

XCS_DD

VTR_DD_ON

INIT_CHARGE_ON

BATT_UNREG

VTR_UNREG

PANEL_UNREG

PANEL_UNREG

PANEL_UNREG_GND

MT_GND

REG_GND

SHOE_UNREG

RXD

SHOE_CONT_AD

TXD

STBY_ON

SHO_ID1

PRT_HEAD_UNREG

SHOE_UNREG_GND

SHOE_MIC_L

RTS(SCK)

SHOE_UNREG_GND

LANC_SIG

SHOE_MT_GND

SHOE_UNREG

SHOE_MT_GND

SHOE_UNREG_GND

SHO_ID2

SHOE_MIC_GND

CTS(HDS)

PRT_HEAD_UNREG

MT_GND

ST_GND

PLUNGER

MT_GND

ST_UNREG

PLUNGER

ST_UNREG

STROBO_ON

REG_GND

MT_GND

STROBO_DOWN

ST_GND

SCHARGE_ON

ST_GND

ST_UNREG

ST_GND

ST_UNREG

MT_GND

REG_GND

XSCHARGE_FULL

REG_GND

REG_GND

REG_GND

N.C.

ST_GND

ST_GND

N.C.

N.C.

N.C.

ST_UNREG

ST_UNREG

MT_4.9V

MT_4.9V

N.C.

MT_4.9V

REG_GND

PLUNGER

STROBO_DOWN

XSCHARGE_FULL

STROBO_ON

SCHARGE_ON

PLUNGER

CTS(HDS)

SHOE_MIC_GND

LANC_SIG

SHOE_ID2

RTS(SCK)

SHOE_MIC_L

SHOE_ID1

STBY_ON

TXD

SHOE_CONT_AD

RXD

SHOE_ON

D_1.6V

MT_GND

MT_4.9V

D_2.8V

A_2.8V

VTR_UNREG

DD_15V

RP_4.6V

AU_4.6V

VDD

B

LED_DA

HCK1

VST

VSS

G

R

VC

C

BLK

EN

EVF_4.6V

HST

COM

VCK2

STB

HCK2

EVF_BL_GND

EVF_4.6V

EVF_BL_GND

LED_ON/OFF

XE_

K

MT_

GN

D

MT_

GN

D

XE_

A

STR

OB

O_O

N

MT_

GN

D

N.C

.

N.C

.

ST_

UN

REG

XE_

A

XE_

K

ST_

GN

D

MT_

GN

D

MT_

4.9V

XE_

A

ST_

UN

REG

ST_

UN

REG

XE_

K

N.C

.

N.C

.

ST_

GN

D

N.C

.

ST_

UN

REG

XE_

K

XE_

K

MT_

GN

D

XE_

A

ST_

GN

D

ST_

UN

REGN.C

.

XE_

A

N.C

.

ST_

GN

D

XE_

A

N.C

.

MT_

4.9V

XS

CH

AR

GE_

FULLXE_

K

MT_

4.9V

ST_

UN

REGN.C

.

N.C

.

ST_

GN

D

ST_

GN

D

SC

HA

RG

E_O

N

FP-458FLEXIBLE

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

EVF BACKLIGHTLB-078 BOARD

FLASH UNIT

PL901(OPEN/CLOSE)

FLEXIBLE

TO VC-283 BOARD(18/19) CN1003

(PAGE 4-67)

SHOE_GND

TXD

LANC_SIG

SHOE_MIC_L

CTS

SHOE_UNREG

SHO_ID1

SHOE_MT_GND

SHOE_CONT_AD

PRT_UNREG

SHO_ID2

EXT_STRB_ON

SHOE_MIC_GND

RXD

RTSFLEXIBLEFP-459

INTELLIGENTACCESSORY SHOE

SWITCH

BRIGHT CONTROL

IC6101BRIGHT CONTROL

BACKLIGHT

LCD903

COLOREVF UNIT

XX MARK:NO MOUNT

CONNECTORDD-176 BOARD(2/2)

H

2 3 12

J

179

G

11

E

C

10

K

14136

B

7

I

D

F

155

L

84 16 18

16

Y/CHROMA

PB

SIGNAL PATH

YCHROMA

REC

VIDEO SIGNAL

PB

Drum servo (speed and phase)

REC REC/PB

SIGNAL PATH

Capstan servo (speed and phase)

FLASH UNIT is replaced as a block so that PRINTED WIRING BOARDand SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM are omitted.

(1/2)1

2 (1/2)

3 (1/2)

B TO B

Note :The components identified bymark 0 or dotted line with mark0 are critical for safety.Replace only with part numberspecified.

Note :Les composants identifiés parune marque 0 sont critiquespour la sécurité.Ne les remplacer que par unepièce portant le numéro spécifié.

Page 59: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

4-31 4-32 FP-100/FP-228/FP-102

4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS FP-100, FP-228, FP-102 FLEXIBLE BOARD4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS FP-100, FP-228, FP-102 FLEXIBLE BOARD

For Schematic Diagram• Refer to page 4-87 for printed wiring board.

10P

1LM_LOAD

2LM_LOAD

3LM_UNLOAD

4LM_UNLOAD

5DEW+

6DEW-

7MODE_A

8MODE_B

9MODE_C

10SW_COM/SW_GND

27P

1LM

_LO

AD

2LM

_LO

AD

3LM

_UN

LOA

D

4LM

_UN

LOA

D

5D

EW+

6D

EW-

7X

MO

DE_

SW

_A

8X

MO

DE_

SW

_B

9X

MO

DE_

SW

_C

10S

W_C

OM

/SW

_GN

D

11X

CC

DO

WN

_SW

12TA

PE_

LED

_K

13TA

PE_

LED

_A

14M

IC/R

EC_S

W_G

ND

15X

REC

_PR

OO

F

16C

HIM

E_S

CK

17C

HIM

E_S

DA

18C

HIM

E_V

DD

19H

ALL

_VC

C

20TR

EEL+

21TR

EEL-

22H

ALL

_GN

D

23S

REE

L-

24S

REE

L+

25TA

PE_

END

26TO

P/E

ND

_GN

D

27TA

PE_

TOP

S903

D901

4PCN901

S901

Q902

Q901

1

A

M M903LOADING MOTOR

S902 MODESWITCH

FP-100FLEXIBLE

FLEXIBLEFP-228

DEWSENSOR

Vcc

G

-

+

Vcc -

G+

H902T REELSENSOR

H901S REELSENSOR

TAPE TOP SENSOR

TAPE END SENSOR

(CC DOWN)

(TAPE LED)

(REC PROOF)FLEXIBLEFP-102

TO VC-283 BOARD(14/19) CN1010 (PAGE 4-60)

E

85

C

3 742

B

6

D

16

Page 60: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

Schematic diagram of the VC-283 board are not shown.Pages from 4-33 to 4-70 are not shown.

Page 61: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

LinkLink

4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION

WAVEFORMSCOMMON NOTE FOR PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION FLEXIBLE BOARDS LOCATIONCIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION

WAVEFORMSCOMMON NOTE FOR PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION FLEXIBLE BOARDS LOCATION

MA-408 BOARD

FP-461 BOARD

CK-115 BOARD

JK-219 BOARD (SIDE B)

FP-100, FP-228, FP-102 FLEXIBLE BOARDS

JK-219 BOARD (SIDE A)

LB-078 BOARD

FP-460 FLEXIBLE BOARD

DD-176 BOARD

PD-165 BOARD

SE-124 BOARDCD-381 BOARD

MA-408 BOARD

FP-461 BOARD

CK-115 BOARD

JK-219 BOARD (SIDE B)

FP-100, FP-228, FP-102 FLEXIBLE BOARDS

JK-219 BOARD (SIDE A)

LB-078 BOARD

FP-460 FLEXIBLE BOARD

DD-176 BOARD

PD-165 BOARD

SE-124 BOARDCD-381 BOARD

Page 62: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

4-71 4-72 CD-381/FP-460

CD-381 (CCD IMAGER) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

MOUNTED PARTS LOCATIONMOUNTED PARTS LOCATION

4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDSFP-460 FLEXIBLE BOARD

1 2

3

46

5

115

FP-460 FLEXIBLE

1-684-319- 21

S001(EJECT SW)

For printed wiring boards• Refer to page 4-96 for parts location.• This board is six-layer print board. However, the pat-

terns of layers two to five have not been included inthe diagram.

There are a few cases that the part printed onthis diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

• : Uses unleaded solder.

Page 63: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

4-73 4-74JK-219

JK-219 (AV IN/OUT, STEADY SHOT) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

MOUNTED PARTS LOCATIONMOUNTED PARTS LOCATION

DV IN/OUT

S VIDEO

AUDIO/VIDEO

For printed wiring boards• Refer to page 4-96 for parts location.• This board is six-layer print board. However, the pat-

terns of layers two to five have not been included inthe diagram.

There are a few cases that the part printed onthis diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

• : Uses unleaded solder.

Page 64: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

4-75 4-76 JK-219

(FLASH)

MOUNTED PARTS LOCATIONMOUNTED PARTS LOCATION

• : Uses unleaded solder.

Page 65: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

4-77 4-78CK-115

CK-115 (CONTROL SWITCH) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

MOUNTED PARTS LOCATIONMOUNTED PARTS LOCATION

For printed wiring boards• Refer to page 4-96 for parts location.• This board is six-layer print board. However, the pat-

terns of layers two to five have not been included inthe diagram.

There are a few cases that the part printed onthis diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

• : Uses unleaded solder.

CAUTION :Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.Replace only with the same or equivalent type.

Page 66: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

4-79 4-80 MA-408

MA-408 (MIC AMP, REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER, LANC, EXT MIC) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

MIC(PLUG IN POWER)

MOUNTED PARTS LOCATIONMOUNTED PARTS LOCATION

For printed wiring boards• Refer to page 4-96 for parts location.• This board is six-layer print board. However, the pat-

terns of layers two to five have not been included inthe diagram.

There are a few cases that the part printed onthis diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

• : Uses unleaded solder.

Page 67: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

4-81 4-82FP-461/SE-124

FP-461 FLEXIBLE BOARD SE-124 (MF SENSOR) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

1

6

FP-461 FLEXIBLE

1-684-320- 21

S001(PANEL REVERSE)

For printed wiring boards• This board is six-layer print board. However, the pat-

terns of layers two to four have not been included inthe diagram.

There are a few cases that the part printed onthis diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

• : Uses unleaded solder. • : Uses unleaded solder.

Page 68: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

4-83 4-84 PD-165

PD-165 (RGB DRIVE, TIMING GENERATOR, LCD DRIVER, BACK LIGHT) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

MOUNTED PARTS LOCATIONMOUNTED PARTS LOCATION

For printed wiring boards• Refer to page 4-97 for parts location.• This board is six-layer print board. However, the pat-

terns of layers two to five have not been included inthe diagram.

There are a few cases that the part printed onthis diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

• : Uses unleaded solder.

Page 69: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

4-85 4-86DD-176

DD-176 (DC/DC CONVERTER, CONNECTOR) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

MOUNTED PARTS LOCATIONMOUNTED PARTS LOCATION

For printed wiring boards• Refer to page 4-97 for parts location.• This board is six-layer print board. However, the pat-

terns of layers two to five have not been included inthe diagram.

There are a few cases that the part printed onthis diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

• : Uses unleaded solder.

Page 70: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER 4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS4-2. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

4-87 4-88 FP-100/FP-228/FP-102/LB-078

FP-100 (MODE SWITCH), FP-228 (DEW SENSOR), FP-102 (TAPE TOP/END SENSOR, S/T REEL) FLEXIBLE BOARDSLB-078 (EVF BACK LIGHT) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

1-677-085-

1-677-049-

11

11

110

101

127

M

S902MODE SWITCH

DEWSENSOR

M903LOADINGMOTOR

D901(TAPE LED)

S903(CC DOWN)

S901(REC PROOF)

Q902TAPE TOPSENSOR

Q901TAPE ENDSENSOR

H902T REEL

SENSOR

H901S REEL

SENSOR

CN901

FP-102 FLEXIBLE BOARD

FP-100 FLEXIBLE BOARD

FP-228FLEXIBLE BOARD

For printed wiring boards• This board is eight-layer print board. However, the pat-

terns of layers two to seven have not been included inthe diagram.

There are a few cases that the part printed onthis diagram isn’t mounted in this model.

• : Uses unleaded solder. (LB-078 board)

Printed wiring board of the VC-283 boardare not shown.Pages from 4-89 to 4-92 are not shown.

Page 71: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

4-93 4-94CD-381/PD-165

4-4. WAVEFORMS

CD-381 BOARD PD-165 BOARDCD-381 BOARD PD-165 BOARD

CD-381 BOARD

2 IC7301 2,3 CAMERA REC

1 IC7301 1,4 CAMERA REC

7.7 Vp-p

7.7 Vp-p

4 IC7301 9,qh CAMERA REC

0.9 Vp-p

49 nsec

24.0Vp-p

3 IC7301 6 CAMERA REC

49 nsec4.5Vp-p

5 IC7301 qa,qf CAMERA REC

6 IC7301 qs,qd CAMERA REC

5.0 Vp-p

44.4 µsec

44.4 µsec

44.4 µsec

44.4 µsec

PD-165 BOARD

2 IC5701 rj LCD

3 IC5701 rk LCD

1 IC5701 rh LCD

550mVp-p

H

9 IC5702 wh LCD

3.6 Vp-p

44.6 nsec

550mVp-p

550mVp-p

H

H

6 IC5701 w; LCD

5 IC5701 ws LCD

H

H

H

4 IC5701 wf LCD

4.0Vp-p

3.6Vp-p

3.6Vp-p

7 IC5702 rk LCD

3.0Vp-p

V

8 IC5702 1 LCD

2.8Vp-p

H

Waveforms of the VC-283 board are not shown.Pages from 4-94 to 4-95 are not shown.

Page 72: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

4-96

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

4-5. MOUNTED PARTS LOCATION no mark : side A* mark : side B

JK-219 BOARD

* C5351 B-6* C5352 B-6* C5353 B-6* C5354 B-4* C5355 C-5* C5356 C-6* C5357 C-5* C5358 C-5* C5359 C-5* C5360 C-5* C5361 B-5* C5362 B-6* C5363 B-4* C5364 B-5* C5365 B-5* C5366 B-6* C5367 B-5

CN5301 E-4CN5302 D-3

* CN5303 A-8

* D5301 C-4D5302 C-4

* D5303 C-1D5304 B-1

* FB5301 C-6* FB5302 C-5

FB5303 C-5FB5304 C-5

* FB5351 C-5* FB5352 C-6* FB5353 B-4* FB5354 B-5

* IC5351 B-5

J5301 D-5J5302 E-5J5303 D-4

* L5351 B-6

* LF5303 C-5

* Q5301 B-1* Q5302 B-1

CD-381 BOARD

* C7302 B-3* C7303 A-3

C7304 B-1C7305 A-1

* C7306 B-1* C7307 B-1

C7308 B-1C7309 A-1C7310 B-1C7311 B-1C7312 A-1C7313 B-2

* C7314 B-3C7315 B-1C7316 A-1

* C7317 A-2* C7318 A-2* C7319 B-1

C7320 A-1* C7321 A-1

C7323 B-1C7325 B-1C7326 B-1

CN7301 D-1

* D7301 B-3

* FB7301 B-3FB7302 B-1

* IC7301 B-1IC7302 B-1

L7301 B-2* L7302 B-1* L7303 A-1

* Q7301 A-2Q7302 A-1Q7303 B-1

* R7301 B-3* R7302 A-2* R7303 A-3

R7304 B-1R7305 B-1

* R7306 C-3R7307 B-1R7309 A-1R7310 A-1R7311 A-1R7312 A-1R7313 B-1R7314 B-1R7315 B-1R7316 A-1R7317 B-1R7318 B-1R7319 A-1

* R7320 B-3

R5301 E-4* R5302 C-5

R5303 E-4R5304 C-4R5305 C-5R5306 C-4

* R5307 B-1* R5308 C-3* R5309 B-1* R5310 C-4

R5311 E-4R5312 D-4R5313 C-6

* R5314 C-3* R5315 B-1

R5316 C-4* R5317 C-5* R5318 C-4* R5355 B-6* R5356 C-5* R5357 C-6* R5358 C-5* R5359 C-6* R5360 B-5* R5361 B-5* R5362 B-5* R5363 B-5* R5364 B-5* R5365 B-5

* S5301 C-2* S5302 C-1

SE5351 C-5SE5352 B-6

* VDR531 C-6VDR532 E-4

* VDR533 C-5VDR534 E-4VDR535 E-4VDR536 C-5VDR537 C-5

* VDR538 C-3VDR539 C-5

CK-115 BOARD

* BT5201 A-1

* C5201 A-2* C5202 A-2* C5203 A-3* C5204 A-3

CN5201 D-1CN5202 D-4CN5203 C-3

* CN5204 B-4* CN5205 B-1

CN5206 D-3* CN5207 A-3

* D5201 B-3* D5202 B-3* D5203 A-3* D5204 A-3* D5205 B-2* D5206 A-2* D5207 A-2

R5201 D-3* R5202 A-4* R5203 A-2

R5204 D-2R5205 D-2

* S5201 A-5* S5202 B-3

CD-381/JK-219/CK-115/MA-408

MA-408 BOARD

C5901 B-4* C5902 D-3

C5903 B-4* C5904 D-3* C5905 D-3

C5906 B-4* C5907 D-3

C5908 B-4* C5909 D-3* C5910 A-3* C5911 D-3

C5912 B-4* C5914 A-3* C5915 D-3

C5916 B-4* C5917 A-3* C5918 D-3* C5919 A-3* C5920 D-3* C5921 D-3* C5922 A-3* C5923 A-3* C5924 D-3* C5925 D-2* C5926 D-2* C5927 A-2* C5928 A-2* C5929 A-2

C5930 B-3* C5931 A-2

C5932 A-3C5933 B-3C5934 B-3C5935 B-4C5936 B-4C5937 B-4C5938 B-4C5939 A-4C6201 E-3

* C6202 E-2* C6203 E-2

CN5901 B-4* CN5903 D-2* CN6201 E-3

D5901 A-5D5902 A-3D5903 A-3D5904 A-4D5905 A-3

* D6202 E-2* D6203 E-2* D6204 E-2

* FB6201 E-1* FB6203 E-2* FB6204 E-2* FB6205 E-2* FB6206 E-2

* IC5901 D-3* IC5902 A-2

IC5903 A-4

J6201 F-2J6202 E-2

L5901 B-3

* Q5903 A-2* Q5906 A-2* Q5909 A-2* Q5910 A-2

Q6201 E-4

* R5901 D-3R5902 B-4R5903 B-4

* R5904 D-3* R5905 D-3

R5906 B-4R5907 B-4

* R5908 D-3* R5910 A-3* R5912 A-3* R5913 D-3* R5914 A-3* R5915 A-3* R5916 A-3* R5918 D-3* R5919 A-3* R5921 D-3* R5922 D-3* R5923 A-3* R5924 A-3* R5925 D-2* R5926 D-2* R5927 A-2* R5928 A-2* R5929 A-2* R5931 D-2* R5932 A-3* R5933 A-2* R5934 A-2

R5937 B-4* R5938 A-2

R5940 B-3R5941 B-4R5942 B-4

* R5943 A-3* R5944 A-2

R5945 B-4* R5946 A-3* R5947 A-2

R5948 B-4R5949 B-4R5950 B-4R5951 A-4R5952 A-3R5953 A-3R5954 A-3

* R5956 A-2* R5957 A-2* R5958 A-2

R6201 E-4R6202 E-4R6203 E-4R6204 E-4R6205 E-4R6206 E-4R6207 E-4R6208 E-3

* VDR621 E-2* VDR622 E-2* VDR623 E-2

4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

Page 73: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

4-97

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

COVERCOVER

PD-165/DD-176

4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS4-3. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS

PD-165 BOARD

C5701 C-4C5702 C-4C5703 B-3C5704 C-3C5705 C-3C5706 C-3C5707 C-3C5708 B-3C5709 C-3C5710 C-4C5711 B-4C5712 B-4C5713 B-3C5714 B-3C5715 B-4C5716 A-3C5717 B-2C5718 B-2C5719 B-4C5720 B-3C5721 B-3C5722 B-3C5723 A-1C5724 A-1C5726 C-2C5727 C-2C5801 B-4C5802 B-2C5803 B-2C5804 C-4C5805 B-3C5806 A-3C5807 A-1C5808 A-3

CN5701 B-1CN5802 C-2CN5803 A-1CN5804 A-4CN5805 A-2CN5806 C-4

D5701 B-3D5702 B-2

IC5701 C-4IC5702 B-2IC5801 B-4

L5701 C-4L5702 C-3L5703 B-4L5704 B-3L5705 B-2L5801 B-2L5802 A-3

Q5701 B-3Q5702 C-3Q5801 A-2Q5802 A-3

R5701 C-4R5702 C-4R5703 C-4R5705 B-3R5706 B-3R5707 C-4R5708 C-3R5709 B-3R5710 B-3R5711 B-3R5712 B-3R5713 B-3R5714 B-3R5717 B-2R5719 B-2R5721 B-3R5722 C-3R5727 B-2R5732 B-2R5736 B-2R5737 B-2R5801 B-4R5802 B-4R5803 A-3R5804 A-3R5805 C-4R5806 C-4

DD-176 BOARD

F4504 C-2F4505 C-2F4506 C-1F4507 C-1F4508 D-1

* IC4501 B-2

L4501 B-10L4502 B-9L4503 B-4L4504 B-4L4507 B-2L4508 A-4L4509 A-3L4510 A-2L4511 B-4L4513 C-2L4514 B-5L4515 B-2L4516 B-2L4517 C-3L4518 C-3L4519 A-3

* L4520 A-3L4521 C-3L4522 B-8L4523 B-4L4524 B-7L4525 C-3L4526 A-2

* L4528 C-3

LF4501 B-1

* Q4501 C-1Q4502 B-2Q4503 C-2

* Q4504 C-1* Q4505 B-2* Q4506 D-3* Q4507 D-4* Q4508 D-3* Q4509 A-4* Q4510 B-4* Q4513 B-3* Q4514 A-4* Q4515 A-3* Q4516 B-3* Q4517 A-3* Q4518 D-4* Q4519 D-3* Q4520 B-3* Q4521 B-4* Q4522 B-4* Q4525 B-3* Q4526 A-4* Q4527 A-3* Q4528 A-3* Q4529 E-3

Q4530 C-2Q4531 C-2

* R4501 B-1* R4502 C-1* R4505 C-1* R4506 B-1* R4507 B-1* R4508 B-1* R4509 B-1* R4511 A-1* R4513 A-1* R4514 A-1* R4515 B-1* R4516 B-1* R4517 B-1* R4518 B-1

R4519 C-2* R4520 A-2

R4521 C-2R4522 C-2

* R4523 C-1* R4528 B-1* R4529 B-1

* R4530 B-1* R4531 B-1* R4532 B-1* R4533 B-2* R4534 B-2* R4535 B-2* R4536 B-2* R4554 D-4* R4555 D-3* R4556 D-4* R4557 D-3* R4558 D-3* R4559 D-3* R4560 D-3* R4561 D-4* R4562 D-3

R4564 B-1R4565 B-1R4567 C-2R4568 C-2R4569 C-2R4570 C-2R4571 C-2

* R4572 B-1* R4601 E-3* R4602 E-3* R4603 E-3* R4604 D-3* R4605 D-3

* C4501 C-1* C4503 A-1* C4504 A-1* C4506 A-1* C4507 A-1* C4508 B-1* C4509 B-1* C4510 B-1* C4511 B-1* C4512 A-2* C4514 B-1* C4515 A-1

C4516 C-2* C4517 B-2* C4518 B-2* C4519 B-2

C4520 C-1* C4521 B-2

C4522 C-1* C4523 B-2

C4524 C-2C4525 C-2

* C4526 A-2C4527 C-2

* C4528 A-2* C4529 B-3* C4530 A-4* C4531 B-4* C4532 B-4* C4535 A-3* C4536 A-3* C4537 B-3* C4538 A-3* C4539 E-3* C4540 E-3* C4541 B-4* C4542 B-4* C4545 B-3* C4546 A-4* C4547 A-3* C4548 A-3* C4549 B-3* C4550 B-3

C4551 C-3C4553 C-2C4554 B-4C4555 B-2C4556 B-3C4557 C-3C4558 C-3C4559 A-3

* C4560 A-3C4561 C-3C4562 A-3C4563 B-4C4564 B-6C4565 C-3C4566 A-3

* C4567 C-3C4568 C-2

* C4601 E-3* C4602 E-3* C4603 E-3

CN4501 B-1* CN4601 C-2

CN4602 F-3CN4603 D-3CN4604 E-3

* D4501 B-1* D4502 B-1

D4503 C-2* D4504 B-3* D4505 B-3* D4601 E-3* D4602 E-3* D4603 E-3* D4604 D-3* D4605 E-3

F4501 B-2F4502 C-1F4503 C-1

no mark : side A* mark : side B

Page 74: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

Mounted parts location of the VC-283 board is not shown.Pages from 4-98 to 4-99 are not shown.

Page 75: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-1

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

SECTION 5ADJUSTMENTS

COVERCOVER

Page 76: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-2

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

Replaced parts

Block replacement Parts replacement

z z

z

z z z

z z z z

z

z z

z z z

z z z

z z z

z

z

z

z z z z

z

z

z z

z

z z

z

z z z

z z

z

z z

z

z z

z z z

z

z z

z z

z z z z

z z z z

z z z z

z

z z

z z

z z z

Len

s de

vice

Mec

hani

sm d

eck

(Not

e)

EV

F bl

ock

LC

D90

3 (L

CD

pan

el (

EV

F))

LC

D b

lock

LC

D90

1 (L

CD

pan

el (

LC

D))

LC

D b

lock

ND

901

Fluo

resc

ent t

ube

(LC

D))

LC

D b

lock

TA90

1 (T

ouch

pan

el)

LC

D b

lock

Inve

rter

uni

t

Mec

hani

sm d

eck

M90

1 (D

rum

ass

y) (

Not

e)

Mec

hani

sm d

eck

M90

2 (C

apst

an m

otor

)

Flas

h un

it

CD

-381

boa

rdIC

7301

(C

CD

imag

er)

CD

-381

boa

rdIC

7302

(S/

H)

VC

-283

boa

rdIC

1501

, X15

01 (

Tim

ing

gene

r ato

r)

VC

-283

boa

rdIC

1502

(A

/D c

onv.

.)

VC

-283

boa

rdIC

1801

(E

VR

)

VC

-283

boa

rdIC

2101

(D

V s

igna

l pro

cess

)

VC

-283

boa

rdIC

1901

(E

Q, A

/D c

onv.

. PL

L)

VC

-283

boa

rdIC

1902

(R

EC

/PB

AM

P)

VC

-283

boa

rdIC

4101

(V

ideo

IN

/OU

T)

VC

-283

boa

rdIC

4201

(L

CD

dri

ver

(EV

F))

VC

-283

boa

rdIC

4202

(T

imin

g ge

nera

tor

(EV

F))

LB

-078

boa

rdD

6102

(B

ack

light

(E

VF)

)

JK-2

19 b

oard

SE53

51/5

352

(PIT

CH

/YA

W s

enso

r)

MA

-408

boa

rdD

5901

(A

F la

ser

diod

e)

PD-1

65 b

oard

IC57

01 (

LC

D d

rive

r (L

CD

))

PD-1

65 b

oard

IC57

02 (

Tim

ing

g ene

rato

r (L

CD

))

1. Adjusting items when replacing main parts and boards.• Adjusting items when replacing main partsWhen replacing main parts, adjust the items indicated by z in the following table.Note: When replacing the drum assembly or the mechanism deck, reset the data of page: 7, address: A7 to A9 to “00”. (Refer to “Record of Use check” of “5-

4. SERVICE MODE”)

Adjustment

Section

Initialization of

8, A, B, C, D,

E, F, 1B, 1E, 1F

page data

Camera

Color EVF

LCD

System control

Servo, RF

Video

Mechanism

Adjustment

Initialization of A, D page data

Initialization of B, 1B page data

Initialization of 8, C page data

Initialization of E, F, 1E, 1F page data

40.5MHz/54MHz origin oscillation adj.

HALL adj.

MAX GAIN adj.

CCD output 2ch matching adj.

MR adj.

Flange back adj.

Color reproduction adj.

AWB & LV standard data input

Auto white balance adj.

Mechanical shutter adj.

Black defective CCD adj.

Strobe light level adjustment

Strobe white balance adjustment & check

AF laser output adj.

Steady shot check

VCO adj.

RGB AMP adj.

Contrast adj.

Back light adj.

White balance adj.

VCO adj.

RGB AMP adj.

Contrast adj.

COM AMP adj.

V COM adj.

White balance adj.

Touch panel adj.

Serial No. input

CAP FG duty adj.

Switching position adj.

AGC center level adj.

APC & AEQ adj.

PLL f0 & LPF f0 adj.

Chroma BPF f0 adj.

S VIDEO OUT Y level adj.

S VIDEO OUT chroma level adj.

Tape path adj.

Table. 5-1-1 (1).

Page 77: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-3

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

BT-

003

boar

d(C

OM

PLE

TE

) (N

ote3

)

CD

-381

boa

rd(C

OM

PLE

TE

)

JK-2

19 b

oard

(CO

MPL

ET

E)

LB

-078

boa

rd(C

OM

PLE

TE

)

MA

-408

boa

rd(C

OM

PLE

TE

)

PD-1

65 b

oard

(CO

MPL

ET

E)

VC

-283

boa

rd(C

OM

PLE

TE

) (N

ote4

)

VC

-283

boa

rdIC

2502

(E

EPR

OM

)

VC

-283

boa

rdIC

2901

(E

EPR

OM

)

VC

-283

boa

rdIC

3002

(Fl

ash

mem

ory)

Supp

ortin

g

Board replacementEEPROM

replacement

z z

z z

z z

z z

z z

z z z

*1 z z z

*1 z z z

z z z

z z z z

*1 z z

*1 z z z

*1 z z z

z z z

*1 z z z

z z z

*1 z z z

z z z z

z z z

z z

z z

z z

z z

z z z

z z z

z z z

z z z

z z z

z z z

z z z

z z

z z

z z z

z z z

z z z

z z z

z z z

z z

z z

z z

Table. 5-1-1 (2).

• Adjusting items when replacing a board or EEPROMWhen replacing a board or EFPROM, adjust the items indicated by z in the following table.

Adjustment

Section

Initialization of

8, A, B, C, D,

E, F, 1B, 1E, 1F

page data

Camera

Color EVF

LCD

System control

Servo, RF

Video

Mechanism

Adjustment

Initialization of A, D page data

Initialization of B, 1B page data

Initialization of 8, C page data

Initialization of E, F, 1E, 1F page data

40.5MHz/54MHz origin oscillation adj.

HALL adj.

MAX GAIN adj.

CCD output 2ch matching adj.

MR adj.

Flange back adj.

Color reproduction adj.

AWB & LV standard data input

Auto white balance adj.

Mechanical shutter adj.

Black defective CCD adj.

Strobe light level adjustment

Strobe white balance adjustment & check

AF laser output adj.

Steady shot check

VCO adj.

RGB AMP adj.

Contrast adj.

Back light adj.

White balance adj.

VCO adj.

RGB AMP adj.

Contrast adj.

COM AMP adj.

V COM adj.

White balance adj.

Touch panel adj.

Serial No. input

CAP FG duty adj.

Switching position adj.

AGC center level adj.

APC & AEQ adj.

PLL f0 & LPF f0 adj.

Chroma BPF f0 adj.

S VIDEO OUT Y level adj.

S VIDEO OUT chroma level adj.

Tape path adj.

Note2: When the repair is finished, confirm thefollowing items.

1. Shoot the all black subject (Attach thelens cap and shoot), and confirm that avertical line is not displayed in the centerof the screen, and that there is nodifference in left-right brightness levelof the screen.

2. Shoot a subject of low light, and confirmthat a vertical line is not displayed in thecenter of the screen, and that there is nodifference in left-right brightness levelof the screen.

3. Shoot a subject of normal light, andconfirm that a vertical line is notdisplayed in the center of the screen, andthat there is no difference in left-rightbrightness level of the screen.When the above symptom occurs,perform the whole process of “CCDOutput 2ch Matching Adjustment”.

Note3: DCR-TRV50/TRV50E only.When the BT-003 board is replaced,perform following procedure and checkthat the “Self Information” is displayedcorrectly.

1) Set the POWER switch to MEMORY.2) Press NETWORK button.3) Select “Setup” of the network menu, then

execute it.4) Select “Bluetooth Setup”, then execute

it.5) Select “Info.”, then execute it.6) Check that the following information is

displayed.

Name SONY DCR-TRV50Address 08:00:46:XX:XX:XX

Note4: When replacing the VC-283 board,before and after replacing, perform“Writing the Network Default SettingValue” and initialize the personalnetwork information (Mail address,bookmark etc.).(DCR-TRV50/TRV50E only)(Refer to “1-2-2. INITIALIZATION OFB, 1B PAGE DATA”.)

*1: Perform this adjustment when replacethe CCD imager (IC7301)

Page 78: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-4

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

Ref. No.J-1

J-2

J-3

J-4

J-5

J-6

J-7

J-8

J-9

J-10

J-11

J-12

NameFilter for color temperature correction (C14)

ND filter 1.0

ND filter 0.4

ND filter 0.1

Pattern box PTB-450

Color chart for pattern box

Adjustment remote commander(RM-95 upgraded) (Note)

Siemens star chart

Clear chart for pattern box

Background paper

CPC-7 jig

Extension cable (100P, 0.4mm)

Mini pattern box

Camera table

Parts CodeJ-6080-058-A

J-6080-808-A

J-6080-806-A

J-6080-807-A

J-6082-200-A

J-6020-250-A

J-6082-053-B

J-6080-875-A

J-6080-621-A

J-2501-130-A

J-6082-382-A

J-6082-413-A

J-6082-353-B

J-6082-384-A

UsageAuto white balance adjustment/checkWhite balance adjustment/check

White balance check

White balance check

White balance check

For checking the flange back

For adjusting the flash unit

For adjusting the video sectionFor adjusting the color viewfinderFor adjusting the LCD block

For extension between the DD-176 board (CN4601) andthe VC-283 board (CN1003)

For adjusting the flange back

For adjusting the flange back

5-1. CAMERA SECTION ADJUSTMENT

1-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENT (CAMERA SECTION)

1-1-1. List of Service Tools• Oscilloscope • Color monitor • Vectorscope• Regulated power supply • Digital voltmeter

Note: If the micro processor IC in the adjustment remote commander isnot the new micro processor (UPD7503G-C56-12), the pages cannotbe switched. In this case, replace with the new micro processor (8-759-148-35).

Fig. 5-1-1.

J-1 J-2

J-6

J-3

J-7 J-8

J-4 J-5

J-9 J-10

J-11 J-12

Page 79: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-5

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

1-1-2. PreparationsNote1: For details of how remove the cabinet and boards, refer to “2.

DISASSEMBLY”.Note2: When performing only the adjustments, the lens block and boards

need not be disassembled.Note3: Before performing the adjustments, check the data of page: 0,

address: 10 is “00”. If not, set data: 00 to this address.

1) Connect the equipment for adjustments according to Fig. 5-1-3.

Note4: As removing the cabinet (R) assembly (removing CN1005 of theVC-283 board) means removing the lithium 3V power supply(BT5201 on the CK-115 board), data such as date, time, user-setmenus will be lost. After completing adjustments, reset these data.But the self-diagnosis data and the data on history of use (totaldrum rotation time etc.) will be kept even if the lithium 3V powersupply is removed. (Refer to “5-4.Service Mode” for the self-diagnosis data and the data on history of use.)

Note5: Setting the “Forced Camera Power ON” Mode1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE

button.The above procedure will enable the camera power to be turnedon with the control switch block (PS-2890, FK-2890) removed.After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced CameraPower ON Mode”.

Note6: Exiting the “Forced Camera Power ON” Mode1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE

button.3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

Fig.5-1-2.

1.5 m

Front of the lens

Pattern box

Page 80: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-6

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

Fig.5-1-3.

CN5203

CN5206CN5202

CN5201

AUDIO/VIDEO jack

Adjustment remote commander

LANC jack

Vector scope

AUDIO L (White)

AUDIO R (Red)

VIDEO (Yellow)

Color monitor

Terminated at 75 Ω

EVF block

Must be connected when using the flush unit.

Extension cable (100P)(J-6082-413-A)

DD-176 board

Must be connected when performing the EVF system adjustment.

Must be connected.

DCR-TRV50/TRV50E

Need not be connected.

DC IN jack

Battery terminal

VC-283 board

Must be connected when performing the video, EVF or LCD system adjustments.

Need not be connected.

MA-408 boardCN5903

AC power adaptor (8.4Vdc)

Cabinet (R)CPC-7 jig (J-6082-382-A)

CK-115 board

AC-L10,AC-VQ800 etc.

Front panel block

CN1006

CN1003

CN1009 CN1011

CN1010 CN1901 CN1007

CN1012

CN1005

CN1501

CN1004

CN1301

CN4501

CN4601CN4602

CN4604

CN4603

Page 81: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-7

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

1-1-3. Precaution1. Setting the SwitchUnless otherwise specified, set the switches as follows and perform adjustments without loading cassette.

1. POWER switch (PS-2890 block) ........................... CAMERA2. NIGHT SHOT switch (Lens block) .................................OFF3. FOCUS switch (KP-2890 block) .......................... MANUAL4. BACK LIGHT switch (KP-2890 block) .......................... OFF5. COLOR SLOW S/ SUPER NS switch (JK-219 board) ... OFF6. DEMO MODE (Menu setting) ........................................OFF7. STEADY SHOT (Menu setting) ...................................... OFF8. DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu setting) ....................................OFF

9. 16 : 9 WIDE (Menu setting) ............................................OFF10. PROGRAM AE (KP-2890 block) ................................ AUTO11. PICTURE EFECT (Menu setting) ...................................OFF12. DIGITAL EFECT (Touch panel setting) .......................... OFF13. WHITE BALANCE (Menu setting) ............................ AUTO14. AUTO SHUTTER (Menu setting) ...................................OFF15. DISPLAY (Menu setting) .................................. V-OUT/LCD16. DISPLAY (KP-2890 board) .............................................. ON

2. Order of AdjustmentsBasically carry out adjustments in the order given.

Fig. 5-1-4.

3. Subjects1) Color bar chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame)

When performing adjustments using the color bar chart, adjustthe picture frame as shown in Fig. 5-1-4. (Color reproductionadjustment frame)

2) Clear chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame)Remove the color bar chart from the pattern box and insert aclear chart in its place. (Do not perform zoom operations duringthis time.)

3) Flange back adjustment chartMake the chart shown in Fig. 5-1-5 using A0 size (1189mm ×841mm) black and white vellum paper.

H

A=B

C=D

A B B

C D

A

Enlargement

V

Electronic beam scanning frame

CRT picture frame

B A

Difference in level

Yello

wC

yan

Gre

enW

hite

Mag

enta

Red

Blu

e

Yello

wC

yan

Gre

enW

hite

Mag

enta

Red

Blu

e

Color bar chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame )

Fig. a(Video output terminal

output waveform)

Fig. b (TV monitor picture)

Adjust the camera zoom and direction toobtain the output waveform shown in Fig. aand the TV monitor display shown in Fig. b.

White

Black

841mm

1189mm

Fig. 5-1-5.

Note: Use matte vellum paper bigger than A0, and make sure the edges ofthe black and white paper joined together are not rough.

Page 82: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-8

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

1-2. INITIALIZATION OF 8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1E,1F PAGE DATA

Note: When reading or writing the 1B, 1E or 1F page data, select page: 0,address: 10, and set data: 01, then select B, E or F page. The 1B, 1Eor 1F page can be chosen by this data setting.After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to“00”.

[Connection of the power supply during the initialization of thedata.]1) Connect the regulated power supply and the digital voltmeter

to the battery terminal as shown in Fig. 5-1-6.2) Adjust the output voltage of the regulated power supply so that

the digital voltmeter display is 6.0 ± 0.1Vdc.3) Turn off the power supply.4) Turn on the HOLD switch of the adjusting remote commander.5) Turn on the power supply.6) Perform the initialization of the data.

Note: This is normal though the following message is indicated onthe LCD screen.

“FOR InfoLITHIUM BATTERY ONLY”

[Initialization Procedure]1. Initialization of A, D page data2. Initialization of B, 1B page data3. Initialization of 8, C page data4. Initialization of E, F, 1E, 1F page data

Fig.5-1-6.

Battery terminal

Regulated power supply

Digital volt meter

Page 83: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-9

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

1-2-1. INITIALIZATION OF A, D PAGE DATA

Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

1. Initializing the A, D Page Data

Note1: If the A, D page data has been initialized, the following adjustmentsneed to be performed again.1) Modification of A, D page data2) Touch panel adjustment

Note2: The power supply voltage must be 6.0 ± 0.1Vdc.Note3: NTSC model: DCR-TRV40/TRV50

PAL model: DCR-TRV40E/TRV50E

Adjusting page A

Adjusting Address 10 to D3

Adjusting page D

Adjusting Address 10 to 67

Initializing Method of the A page:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 0 10 00 Set the data.

3 7 03 Set the following data.05 (NTSC), 85 (PAL)

4 7 00 20 Set the data.

5 7 01 20 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

6 7 02 Check that the data changes to“01”

7 2 00 29 Set the data.

8 2 01 29 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

9 Perform “Modification of A, DPage Data”.

Initializing Method of the D page:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 0 10 00 Set the data.

3 7 00 22 Set the data.

4 7 01 22 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

5 7 02 Check that the data changes to“01”

6 2 00 29 Set the data.

7 2 01 29 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

8 Perform “Modification of A, DPage Data”.

2. Modification of A, D Page DataIf the A, D page data has been initialized, change the data of the“Fixed data-2” address shown in the following tables by manualinput.

Modifying Method:1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set

data: 01.2) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because

they are different in destination. When changing the data, copythe data built in the same model.Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may

not operate.3) When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the

adjustment remote commander each time when setting newdata to write the data in the non-volatile memory.

Processing after Completing Modification of A, D Page data

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 2 00 29 Set the data.

2 2 01 29 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

Note: If the following symptoms occur after completing of the“Modification of A, D page data”, check that the data of the “Fixeddata-2” addresses of A and D page are same as those of the samemodel of the same destination.1) The self-diagnosis code “E:20:00” on the LCD screen is displayed.2) The power is shut off so that unit cannot operate.

3. A Page Table

Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the A, D

Page Data”.)Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of A, D

Page Data”).

Address RemarkInitial valueInitial valueNTSC PAL

00 to 0F

10 to 16

17

18

19 to 2E

2F

30 to 41

42

43 to 51

52

53

54

55

56

57 to 61

62

63

64 to 8F

90

91

92

93

D8

26

E3

1A

DA

24

D3

25

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Touch panel adj.

Page 84: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-10

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

Table. 5-1-2.

4. D Page Table

Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the A, D

Page Data”.)Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of A, D

Page Data”).

Address RemarkInitial valueInitial valueNTSC PAL

94 to C1

C2

C3 to D3

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

A page

Table. 5-1-3.

Address RemarkInitial value

Address RemarkInitial value

00 to 0F

10

11

12

13 to 15

16

17 to 19

1A

1B

1C

1D

1E

1F to 21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

2A

2B

2C to 2E

2F

30

31 to 36

37

38

39

3A

3B to 3C

3D

3E to 42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

00 Test mode

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Address RemarkInitial value

Address RemarkInitial value

4A

4B

4C

4D

4E

4F to 53

54

55

56

57

58

59

5A

5B

5C

5D

5E

5F

60

61

62 to 67

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Page 85: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-11

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

1-2-2. INITIALIZATION OF B, 1B PAGE DATA

Note: When reading or writing the B page data, select page: 0, address:10, and set data: 00.When reading or writing the 1B page data, select page: 0, address:10, and set data: 01, then select B page. The 1B page can be chosenby this data setting.After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to“00”.

1. Initializing the B, 1B Page DataNote1: If “Initializing the B, 1B Page Data” is performed, all data

of the B page and 1B page will be initialized. (It isimpossible to initialize a single page.)

Note2: If the B, 1B page data has been initialized, the followingadjustments need to be performed again.1) Modification of B, 1B page data

Note3: The power supply voltage must be 6.0 ± 0.1Vdc.

Adjusting page B

Adjusting Address 00 to FF

Adjusting page 1B

Adjusting Address 00 to FF

Initializing Method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 0 10 00 Set the data.

3 5 02 FF Set the data.

4 5 01 F3 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

5 5 00 01 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

6 5 02 Check that the data changes to“00”.

7 2 00 29 Set the data.

8 2 01 29 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

9 Perform “Modification of B, 1BPage Data” and “Loader writinginhibit mode setting.”

2. Modification of B, 1B Page DataIf the B, 1B page data has been initialized, change the data of the“Fixed data-2” address shown in the following tables by manualinput.

Modifying Method:1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set

data: 01.2) When changing the B page data, select page: 0, address: 10,

and set data: 00.3) When changing the 1B page data, select page: 0, address: 10,

and set data: 01.After completing the modification of 1B page data, reset thedata of this address to “00”.

4) New data for changing are not shown in the tables becausethey are different in destination. When changing the data, copythe data built in the same model.Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may

not operate.5) When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the

adjustment remote commander each time when setting newdata to write the data in the non-volatile memory.

Processing after Completing Modification of B, 1B Page data:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 10 00 Set the data.

2 2 00 29 Set the data.

3 2 01 29 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

3. Loader Writing Inhibit Mode Setting

Setting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 0 10 00 Set the data.

3 5 0E 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4 5 03 20 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

5 5 01 FA Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

6 5 00 01 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

7 5 0E Check that the data is “01”.

8 2 00 29 Set the data

9 2 01 29 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4. Writing the Network Default Setting Value(DCR-TRV50/TRV50E)

Switch setting: NETWORK ....................................................OFF

Writing method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 0 10 00 Set the data.

3 5 01 E7 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4 5 09 80 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

5 5 0A Set the following data, and pressPAUSE button.03: US model04: Europe model01: Others model

6 5 00 01 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

7 5 0E Check that the data is “01”.

8 0 01 00 Set the data.

Page 86: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-12

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

5. B Page Table

Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the B, 1B

Page Data”.)Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of B, 1B

Page Data”).

Table. 5-1-4.

6. 1B Page TableNote1: When reading or writing the 1B page data, select page: 0, address:

10, and set data: 01, then select B page. The 1B page can be chosenby this data setting.After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to“00”.

Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the B, 1BPage Data”.)

Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of B, 1BPage Data”).

Address00 to AF

B0

B1 to B3

B4

B5

B6

B7 to FF

RemarkFixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Table. 5-1-5.

Address00 to FF

RemarkFixed data-1

Page 87: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-13

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

1-2-3. INITIALIZATION OF 8, C PAGE DATANote: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

1. Initializing the 8, C Page Data

Note1: If “Initializing the 8, C Page Data” is performed, all dataof the 8 page and C page will be initialized. (It isimpossible to initialize a single page.)

Note2: If the 8, C page data has been initialized, following adjustmentsneed to be performed again.1) Modification of 8, C page data2) Serial No. input3) Viewfinder system adjustments4) LCD system adjustments5) Servo and RF system adjustments6) Video system adjustments

Note3: The power supply voltage must be 6.0 ± 0.1Vdc.

Adjusting page 8

Adjusting Address 00 to A3

Adjusting page C

Adjusting Address 10 to FF

Initializing Method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 0 10 00 Set the data.

3 3 81 Check that the data is “00”.

4 3 80 0C Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

5 3 80 Check that the data changes to“1C”.

6 Perform “Modification of 8, CPage Data”.

2. Modification of 8, C Page DataIf the 8, C page data has been initialized, change the data of the“Fixed data-2” address shown in the following table by manual input.

Modifying Method:1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set

data: 01.2) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because

they are different in destination. When changing the data, copythe data built in the same model.Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may

not operate.3) When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the

adjustment remote commander each time when setting newdata to write the data in the non-volatile memory.

4) Check that the data of adjustment addresses is the initial value.If not, change the data to the initial value.

Processing after Completing Modification of 8, C Page data

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 2 00 29 Set the data.

2 2 01 29 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

3. 8 Page Table

Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the 8, C

Page Data”.)Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of 8, C

Page Data”).

Table. 5-1-6.

Address RemarkInitial value

Address RemarkInitial value

00 to 18

19

1A to 2E

2F

30 to 3A

3B

3C to 49

4A

4B to 51

52

53 to 59

5A

5B to 79

7A

7B

7C

7D

7E

7F

80

81

82

83

84 to 89

8A

8B

8C

8D

8E

8F

90

91

92

93

99

9A

9B

9C

9D

9E

9F

A0

A1

A2

A3

08

00

46

01

02

00

00

00

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Serial No. input

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Page 88: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-14

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

4. C Page TableNote1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the 8, C

Page Data”.)Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of 8, C

Page Data”).

Address RemarkInitial valueInitial valueNTSC PAL

Address RemarkInitial valueInitial valueNTSC PAL

00 to 0F

10

11

12

13

14 to 15

16

17

18

19

1A

1B

1C

1D

1E

1F

20

21

22

23 to 24

25

26

27

28

29

2A to 2B

2C

2D to 4E

4F

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

5A

5B

5C

5D

5E

5F

60

61

62

63

EE

00

00

00

E0

2A

2A

32

32

25

3E

3E

DC

99

88

E3

A1

04

20

03

64

CA

5D

5D

AC

80

80

1D

98

98

91

EE

00

00

00

E0

2A

2A

32

32

25

3E

3E

DC

99

88

E3

A1

04

20

03

64

CA

7D

7D

AC

80

80

1D

98

98

91

Switching position adj.

Fixed data-1

CAP FG duty adj.

Fixed data-1

AEQ adj.

Fixed data-1

AEQ adj.

Fixed data-1

AGC center level adj.

PLL fo adj.

APC adj.

LPF fo adj.

Fixed data-1

S VIDEO out Y level adj.

S VIDEO out Cr level adj.

S VIDEO out Cb level adj.

Chroma BPF fo adj.

PLL fo adj.

Fixed data-1

APC adj.

Fixed data-1

Back light adj. (EVF)

VCO adj. (EVF)

Fixed data-2

RGB AMP adj. (EVF)

Fixed data-1

White balance adj. (EVF)

Contrast adj. (EVF)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

VCO adj. (LCD)

V COM adj. (LCD)

64

65

66

67

68

69

6A

6B

6C

6D

6E

6F

70

71

72

73 to 75

76

77 to 79

7A

7B to 80

81

82

83 to 88

89

8A

8B

8C

8D to A9

AA

AB to AB

AC

AD

AE

AF

B0 to C0

C1

C2

C3

C4

C5

C6

C7 to C8

C9

CA

CB

CC

CD

CE

CF to D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

2C

A1

7F

87

3F

2C

A1

7F

87

3F

RGB AMP adj. (LCD)

Fixed data-1

COM AMP adj. (LCD)

White balance adj. (LCD)

Contrast adj. (LCD)

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Page 89: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-15

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

Table. 5-1-7.

Address RemarkInitial valueInitial valueNTSC PAL

D6

D7

D8

D9

DA

DB

DC

DD

DE

DF to E1

E2

E3

E4 to E5

E6

E7

E8

E9 to F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

F8

F9

FA

FB

FC

FD

FE

FF

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Emergency memory address

C page

Page 90: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-16

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

1-2-4. INITIALIZATION OF E, F, 1E, 1F PAGE DATANote: When reading or writing the E, F page data, select page: 0, address:

10, and set data: 00.When reading or writing the 1E or 1F page data, select page: 0,address: 10, and set data: 01, then select E or F page. The 1E or 1Fpage can be chosen by this data setting.After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to“00”.

1. Initializing the E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data

Note1: If “Initializing the E, F, 1E, 1F Page Data” is performed,all data of the E page, F page, 1E page and 1F page willbe initialized. (It is impossible to initialize a single page.)

Note2: If the E, F, 1E, 1F page data has been initialized, followingadjustments need to be performed again.1) Modification of E, F, 1E, 1F page data2) 40.5MHz/54MHz origin osc. adjustment3) Camera system adjustments

Note3: The power supply voltage must be 6.0 ± 0.1Vdc.Note4: NTSC model: DCR-TRV40/TRV50

PAL model: DCR-TRV40E/TRV50E

Adjusting page E

Adjusting Address 00 to FF

Adjusting page F

Adjusting Address 10 to FF

Adjusting page 1E

Adjusting Address 00 to BF

Adjusting page 1F

Adjusting Address 00 to FF

Initializing Method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 0 10 00 Set the data.

3 6 01 Set the following data, and pressPAUSE button.2D (NTSC), 2F (PAL)

4 6 03 01 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

5 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”.

6 Perform “Modification of E, F,1E, 1F Page Data”.

2. Modification of E, F, 1E, 1F Page DataIf the E, F, 1E, 1F page data has been initialized, change the data ofthe “Fixed data-2” address shown in the following table by manualinput.

Modifying Method:1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set

data: 01.2) When changing the E, F page data, select page: 0, address: 10,

and set data: 00.3) When changing the 1E, 1F page data, select page: 0, address:

10, and set data: 01.After completing the modification of 1E, 1F page data, resetthe data of this address to “00”.

4) New data for changing are not shown in the tables becausethey are different in destination. When changing the data, copythe data built in the same model.Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camcorder may

not operate.5) When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the

adjustment remote commander each time when setting newdata to write the data in the non-volatile memory.

4) Check that the data of adjustment addresses is the initial value.If not, change the data to the initial value.

Processing after Completing Modification of E, F, 1E, 1F Page data

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 10 00 Set the data.

2 2 00 29 Set the data.

3 2 01 29 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4 Perform “40.5MHz/54MHzOrigin Osc. Adjustment” of thecamera system adjustment.

Page 91: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-17

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

3. E Page Table

Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the E, F,

1E, 1F Page Data”.)Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of E, F,1E, 1F Page Data”).

Table. 5-1-8.

Address

00 to 04

05

06 to 08

09

0A

0B to 0C

0D

0E to 0F

10

11 to 1F

20

21

22

23

24

25

26 to 2F

30

31

32

33 to 37

38

39

3A to 3B

3C

3D

3E

3F

40 to 41

42

43 to 45

46

47

48 to 5A

5B

5C to 6E

6F

70

71

72 to 74

75

76 to 85

86

87 to D5

D6

D7

D8 to DF

Remark

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Address

E0

E1

E2

E3

E4

E5

E6

E7

E8

E9

EA

EB

EC to FF

Remark

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Page 92: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-18

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

4. F Page Table

Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the E, F,

1E, 1F Page Data”.)Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of E, F,

1E, 1F Page Data”).

Address RemarkInitial valueInitial valueNTSC PAL

Address RemarkInitial valueInitial valueNTSC PAL

00 to FF

10

11 to 12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

1A

1B

1C to 25

26

27

28

29

2A

2B

2C

2D

2E to 2F

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

3A to 3D

3E

3F

40

41

42 to 44

45

46

47

48

49

4A

4B

4C

4D

4E

4F

40

42

92

28

4E

77

D8

C0

77

90

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

4D

3E

64

59

96

7A

41

2D

2D

64

02

DE

4A

84

47

AD

21

F0

00

00

40

42

8E

28

4E

77

D8

D6

75

8E

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

4D

3E

64

59

96

7A

41

2D

2D

64

02

DE

4A

84

47

AD

21

F0

00

00

40.5MHz/54MHz origin osc. adj.

Fixed data-1

HALL adj.

MAX GAIN adj.

AWB & LV standard data input

Fixed data-1

CCD output 2ch matching adj.

Fixed data-1

AWB & LV standard data input

Auto white balance adj.

Fixed data-1

Color reproduction adj.

Fixed data-1

Color reproduction adj.

Fixed data-1

Strobe white balance adj.

Color reproduction adj.

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Flange back adj.

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

5A

5B

5C

5D

5E

5F

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

6A

6B

6C

6D to 71

72

73

74 to 75

76

77

78

79

7A

7B

7C

7D

7E

7F

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

8A

8B

00

00

6E

19

19

1B

00

06

00

80

80

80

80

40

C0

40

C0

40

C0

40

C0

20

00

00

00

00

00

00

40

00

34

00

30

00

2A

00

28

00

40

3A

31

31

35

1E

80

80

80

80

80

80

00

00

6E

19

19

1B

00

06

00

80

80

80

80

40

C0

40

C0

40

C0

40

C0

20

00

00

00

00

00

00

40

00

34

00

30

00

2A

00

28

00

40

3A

31

31

35

1E

80

80

80

80

80

80

Flange back adj.

Fixed data-1

MR adj.

AF laser output adj.

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Mechanical shutter adj.

Page 93: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-19

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

Table. 5-1-9.

Address RemarkInitial valueInitial valueNTSC PAL

8C

8D

8E

8F

90

91

92 to 98

99

9A

9B

9C

9D to A0

A1

A2 to AA

AB

AC to CC

CD

CE

CF

D0

D1 to D6

D7

D8 to F6

F7

F8 to F9

FA

FB to FF

03

80

80

80

80

20

03

80

80

80

80

20

Strobe light level adjustment

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

5. 1E Page Table

Note1: When reading or writing the 1E page data, select page: 0, address:10, and set data: 01, then select E page. The 1E page can be chosenby this data setting.After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to“00”.

Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the E, F,1E, 1F Page Data”.)

Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of E, F,1E, 1F Page Data”).

Address RemarkInitial value

Address RemarkInitial value

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07 to 0A

0B

0C to 0D

0E

0F to 13

14

15

16

17 to 1C

1D

1E

1F

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

2A

2B

2C

2D

2E

2F

2F

30 to 71

72

73

74 to 81

82

83 to 85

86

87 to 9D

9E

9F to AF

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

00

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Black defective CCD adj.

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Page 94: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-20

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

Table. 5-1-10.

Address RemarkInitial value

Address RemarkInitial value

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

B0

B1 to B8

B9

BA to BC

BD

BE

BF

6. 1F Page Table

Note1: When reading or writing the 1F page data, select page: 0, address:10, and set data: 01, then select F page. The 1F page can be chosenby this data setting.After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to“00”.

Note2: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the E, F,1E, 1F Page Data”.)

Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of E, F,1E, 1F Page Data”).

Table. 5-1-11.

Address

00 to 38

39

3A to 67

68

69 to 6F

70

71

72 to 80

81

82 to 87

88

89 to 8B

8C

8D

8E

8F

90

91 to 93

94

95

96

97 to 9B

9C

9D

9E to AB

AC

AD

AE

AF

B0 to C9

CA

CB

CC

CD to CE

CF

D0 to F2

F3

F4 to FF

Remark

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

(Modified data. Copy the data

built in the same model.)

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Fixed data-2

Fixed data-1

Page 95: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-21

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

IC 1501

VC-283 board24 13

37 48

12

1

25

36

1-3. CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTSBefore perform the camera system adjustments (except for“40.5MHz/54MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment”), check that thespecified values of “VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS” aresatisfied.And check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is “00”. If not, setdata: 00 to this address.Note: NTSC model: DCR-TRV40/TRV50

PAL model: DCR-TRV40E/TRV50E

1. 40.5MHz/54MHz Origin Oscillation Adjustment(VC-283 board)

Set the frequency of the clock for synchronization.If deviated, the synchronization will be disrupted and the color willbecome inconsistent.

Subject Not required

Measurement Point Pin wf of IC1501

Measuring Instrument Frequency counter

Adjustment Page F

Adjustment Address 10

Specified Value f=27000000 ± 135Hz (NTSC)f=20250000 ± 101Hz (PAL)

Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 F 10 Change the data and set thefrequency (f) to the specifiedvalue.

3 F 10 Press PAUSE button.

4 0 01 00 Set the data.

Fig.5-1-7.

Page 96: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-22

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2. HALL Adjustment

For detecting the position of the lens iris and ND filter, adjust AMPgain and offset.

Subject Not required

Measurement Point Display data of page 1 (Note1)

Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander

Adjustment Page F

Adjustment Address 13 to 18

Specified Value 1 26 to 2A

Specified Value 2 D6 to DA

Specified Value 3 D6 to DA

Specified Value 4 26 to 2A

Note1: Displayed data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander.1 : XX : XX

IRIS display dataND display data

Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Switch setting:POWER ......................................................................... CAMERA

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 6 01 6D Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

3 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”. (Note3)

4 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

Note3: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:13 to 18.

Checking method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 03 03 Set the data.

2 6 01 01 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

3 1 Check that the IRIS display data(Note1) satisfies the specifiedvalue 1.

4 6 01 03 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

5 1 Check that the IRIS display data(Note1) satisfies the specifiedvalue.2.

6 6 01 69 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

7 1 Check that the ND display data(Note1) satisfies the specifiedvalue 3.

8 6 01 6B Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

9 1 Check that the ND display data(Note1) satisfies the specifiedvalue.4.

Processing after Completing Adjustments:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 6 94 00 Set the data.

2 6 95 00 Set the data.

3 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4 0 03 00 Set the data.

5 0 01 00 Set the data.

Page 97: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-23

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

4. CCD Output 2ch Matching Adjustment (1)Correct the dispersion of the black level between the left-rightchannels of the CCD imager.

Subject Arbitrary

Adjustment Page F

Adjustment Address 26, 27

Note1: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of thefollowing adjustments.

“HALL Adjustment”, “MAX GAIN Adjustment”Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note3: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:

6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.

Switch setting:1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 6 01 F3 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

3 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”. (Note4)

Note4: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:26, 27.

Processing after Completing Adjustments

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

2 Perform “CCD Output 2chMatching Adjustment (2)”.

3. MAX GAIN AdjustmentSetting the minimum illumination.If it is not consistent, the image level required for taking subjects inlow illuminance will not be produced (dark).

Subject Clear chart (Approx. 1m from thefront of the lens) (Note1)

Adjustment Page F

Adjustment Address 19

Note1: Shoot the clear chart with the zoom WIDE end. And adjust thedirection of the camera so that the chart is located in the center ofthe screen.

Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Switch setting:1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF3) ZOOM .................................................................... WIDE end4) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ................................... OFF5) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) .....................................OFF

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 6 2C 01 Set the data.

3 6 40 01 Set the data.

4 6 96 Set the following data.33 (NTSC), 2B (PAL)

5 6 97 00 Set the data.

6 6 01 6F Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

7 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”. (Note3)

Note3: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:19.

Processing after Completing Adjustments

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 6 2C 00 Set the data.

2 6 40 00 Set the data.

3 6 96 00 Set the data.

4 6 97 00 Set the data.

5 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

6 0 01 00 Set the data.

Page 98: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-24

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

5. CCD Output 2ch Matching Adjustment (2)Correct the dispersion between the left-right channels of the CCDimager.

Subject Clear chart (All white) (Note1)

Adjustment Page F

Adjustment Address 29 to 2D

Note1: Shoot the clear chart with the zoom TELE end.Note2: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of the

following adjustments.CCD Output 2ch Matching adjustment (1)

Note3: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note4: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:

6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.

Switch setting:1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA2) NIGHT SHOT ..................................................................OFF3) ZOOM .................................................................... TELE end

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 F 19 Write down the data.

3 F 19 C0 Set the data.

4 6 2C 01 Set the data.

5 6 40 01 Set the data.

6 6 01 F5 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

7 6 02 Check that the data changes to“00” in about 50 seconds afterpressing PAUSE button.

8 F 19 Set the data that is written downat step 2, and press PAUEbutton.

Note4: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:29 to 2D

Processing after Completing Adjustments

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

2 6 2C 00 Set the data.

3 6 40 00 Set the data.

4 0 01 00 Set the data.

6. MR AdjustmentThe MR (Magnet resistor) adjustment of the inner focus lens iscarried out automatically. In whichever case, the focus will bedeviated during auto focusing/manual focusing.

Subject Not required

Measurement Point Adjustment remote commander

Measuring Instrument

Adjustment Page F

Adjustment Address 58, 5A to 65

Specified Value1 40 to C0

Specified Value2 03 to 78

Specified Value3 88 to F8

Note1: Make the lens horizontal and perform this adjustment.Note2: Perform this adjustment before “Flange Back Adjustment”.Note3: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note4: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:

6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 6 01 BD Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

3 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”. (Note5)

4 F 5A Check that the data satisfies thespecified value 1.

5 F 5B Check that the data satisfies thespecified value 1.

6 F 5C Check that the data satisfies thespecified value 1.

7 F 5D Check that the data satisfies thespecified value 1.

8 F 5E Check that the data satisfies thespecified value 2.

9 F 5F Check that the data satisfies thespecified value 3.

10 F 60 Check that the data satisfies thespecified value 2.

11 F 61 Check that the data satisfies thespecified value 3.

12 F 62 Check that the data satisfies thespecified value 2.

13 F 63 Check that the data satisfies thespecified value 3.

14 F 64 Check that the data satisfies thespecified value 2.

15 F 65 Check that the data satisfies thespecified value 3.

Note5: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:58, 5A to 65.

Processing after Completing Adjustments:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

2 0 01 00 Set the data.

Page 99: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-25

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

7. Flange Back Adjustment (Using Minipattern Box)The inner focus lens flange back adjustment is carried outautomatically. In whichever case, the focus will be deviated duringauto focusing/manual focusing.

Subject Siemens star chart with ND filter forthe minipattern box (Note1)

Measurement Point Adjustment remote commander

Measuring Instrument

Adjustment Page F

Adjustment Address 48 to 58

Specified Value Data of page: F, address: 57 is “00” to“0E”.

Note1: Dark Siemens star chart.Note2: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of the

following adjustments.“HALL Adjustment”, “MR Adjustment”

Note3: Make the lens horizontal and perform this adjustment.Note4: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note5: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:

6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.

Switch setting:1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF3) COLOR SLOW SHUTTER .............................................OFF

Preparations:1) The minipattern box is installed as shown in the following

figure.Note: The attachment lenses are not used.

2) Install the minipattern box so that the distance between it andthe front of the lens of the camcorder is less than 3cm.

3) Make the height of the minipattern box and the camcorder equal.4) Check that the output voltage of the regulated power supply is

the specified voltage.5) Check that at both the zoom lens TELE end and WIDE end,

the center of the Siemens star chart and center of the exposurescreen coincide.

Specified voltage: The specified voltage varies according to theminipattern box, so adjust the power supplyoutput voltage to the specified voltage writtenon the sheet which is supplied with theminipattern box.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 6 01 13 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton. (Note3)

3 6 01 27 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”. (Note6)

5 F 57 Check the data is “00” to “0E”.

Note6: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:48 to 58.

Processing after Completing Adjustments:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

2 6 01 25 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

3 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4 0 01 00 Set the data.

5 Perform “Flange Back Check”.

Fig. 5-1-8.

Minipattern box

Below 3 cm

Camcorder

Camera table

Red (+)

Black (–)

Yellow (SENS +)

White (SENS –)

Black (GND)

Need not connected

Regulated power supplyOutput voltage : Specified voltage ±0.01Vdc

Output current : more than 3.5A

Page 100: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-26

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

8. Flange Back Adjustment(Using Flange Back Adjustment Chart and SubjectMore Than 500m Away)

The inner focus lens flange back adjustment is carried outautomatically. In whichever case, the focus will be deviated duringauto focusing/manual focusing.

8-1. Flange Back Adjustment (1)

Subject Flange back adjustment chart(2.0 m from the front of the protectionglass)(Luminance: 350 ± 50 lux)

Measurement Point Adjustment remote commander

Measuring Instrument

Adjustment Page F

Adjustment Address 48 to 58

Specified Value Data of page: F, address: 57 is “00” to“0E”.

Note1: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of thefollowing adjustments.

“HALL Adjustment”, “MR Adjustment”Note2: Make the lens horizontal and perform this adjustment.Note3: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note4: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:

6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.

Switch setting:1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA2) NIGHT SHOT ..................................................................OFF3) COLOR SLOW SHUTTER .............................................OFF

Preparations:1) Check that at both the zoom lens TELE end and WIDE end,

the center of the chart for the flange back adjustment and centerof the exposure screen coincide.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 6 01 13 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton. (Note2)

3 6 01 15 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”. (Note5)

5 F 57 Check the data is “00” to “0E”.

Note5: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:48 to 58.

Processing after Completing Adjustments:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

2 6 01 25 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

3 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4 0 01 00 Set the data.

5 Perform “Flange BackAdjustment (2)”

8-2. Flange Back Adjustment (2)Perform this adjustment after performing “Flange Back Adjustment(1)”.

Subject Subject more than 500m away(Subjects with clear contrast such asbuildings, etc.)

Measurement Point Check operation on TV monitor

Measuring Instrument

Adjustment Page F

Adjustment Address 48 to 58

Note1: Make the lens horizontal and perform this adjustment.Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note3: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:

6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.

Switch setting:1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA2) NIGHT SHOT ..................................................................OFF3) COLOR SLOW SHUTTER .............................................OFF

Preparations:1) Set the zoom lens to the TELE end and expose a subject that is

more than 500m away (subject with clear contrast such asbuilding, etc.). (Nearby subjects less than 500m away shouldnot be in the screen.)

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 6 01 13 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton. (Note2)

3 Place a ND filter on the lens sothat the optimum image isobtain.

4 6 01 29 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

5 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”. (Note4)

Note4: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:48 to 58.

Processing after Completing Adjustments:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

2 6 01 25 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

3 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4 0 01 00 Set the data.

5 Perform “Flange Back Check”

Page 101: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-27

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

9. Flange Back Check

Subject Siemens star(2.0m from the front of the lens)(Luminance : approx. 200 lux)

Measurement Point Check operation on TV monitor

Measuring Instrument

Specified Value Focused at the TELE end and WIDEend.

Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Switch setting:1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA2) NIGHT SHOT (Menu display) ........................................OFF

Note2: When the auto focus is ON, the lens can be checked if it is focusedor not by observing the data on the page 1 of the adjustment remotecommander.

1) Select page: 0, address: 03, and set data: 0F.2) Page 1 shows the state of the focus.

1 : 00 : XXOdd: FocusedEven: Unfocused

Checking method:1) Select page: 6, address: 40, and set data: 01.2) Select page: 6, address: 41, and set data: 01.3) Place the Siemens star 2.0m from the front of the lens.4) To open the IRIS, decrease the luminous intensity to the

Siemens star up to a point before noise appear on the image.5) Shoot the Siemens star with the zoom TELE end.6) Turn on the auto focus.7) Check that the lens is focused (Note2).8) Select page: 6, address: 21, and set data: 10.9) Shoot the Siemens star with the zoom WIDE end.10) Observe the TV monitor and check that the lens is focused.

Processing after Completing Adjustments:1) Select page: 6, address: 21, and set data: 00.2) Select page: 6, address: 40, and set data: 00.3) Select page: 6, address: 41, and set data: 00.4) Select page: 0, address: 03, and set data: 00.

10. Picture Frame Setting

Subject Color bar chart(Color reproduction adjustment frame)(1.5m from the front of the lens)

Measurement Point Video output terminal

Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope and TV monitor

Specified Value A=B, C=D, E=F

Note1: The following adjustments should be carried out upon completionof “Flange Back Adjustment”.

Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Switch setting:1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ...................................OFF4) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) .....................................OFF

Setting method:1) Adjust the zoom and the camera direction, and set to the

specified position.2) Mark the position of the picture frame on the monitor display,

and adjust the picture frame to this position in followingadjustments using “Color reproduction adjustment frame”.

Check on the oscilloscope1. Horizontal period

A=B C=D

A

B C

D

E=F

V

E F

Color bar chart picture frame Monitor TV picture frame

Fig. 5-1-9.

Fig. 5-1-10.

Fig. 5-1-11.

2. Vertical period

Check on the monitor TV (Underscanned mode)

Page 102: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-28

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

11. Color Reproduction AdjustmentAdjust the color Separation matrix coefficient so that proper colorreproduction is produced.

Subject Color bar chart(Color reproduction adjustment frame)

Measurement Point Video output terminal

Measuring Instrument Vectorscope

Adjustment Page F

Adjustment Address 37, 39, 40, 41

Specified Value All color luminance points shouldsettle within each color reproductionframe.

Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note2: NTSC model: DCR-TRV40/TRV50

PAL model: DCR-TRV40E/TRV50E

Switch setting:1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA2) NIGHT SHOT ..................................................................OFF3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ...................................OFF4) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) .....................................OFF

Adjusting method:1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: 6, address: 9D, and set data: 1D.3) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 3D, and press the PAUSE

button.4) Select page: F, address: F0, set the following data, and press

the PAUSE button.37 (NTSC), B7 (PAL)

5) Adjust the GAIN and PHASE of the vectorscope, and adjustthe burst luminance point to the burst position of the colorreproduction frame.

6) Change the data of page: F, address: 37, 39, 40 and 41, andsettle each color luminance point in each color reproductionframe.

Note: Be sure to press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remotecommander before changing the addresses. If not, the new data willnot be written to the memory.

Processing after Completing Adjustments:1) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE

button.2) Select page: 6, address: 9D, and set data: 00.3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

Burst position

For NTSC model

Burst position

For PAL model

Fig. 5-1-12.

Page 103: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-29

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

12. Auto White Balance & LV Standard Data InputAdjust the white balance reference at 3200K, and adjust the normalcoefficient of the light value.

Subject Clear chart(Color reproduction adjustment frame)

Measurement Point Display data of page 1 (Note5)

Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander

Adjustment Page F

Adjustment Address 1A, 1B, 30 to 33

Specified Value 0FF0 to 1010

Note1: This adjustments should be carried out upon completion of “ColorReproduction Adjustment”.

Note2: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done onlyonce.

Note3: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note4: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:

6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.Note5: Displayed data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander.

1 : XX : XXDisplay data

Switch setting:1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ................................... OFF4) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) .....................................OFF

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 Wait for 2 sec.

3 6 01 11 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4 6 01 0D Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

5 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”. (Note6)

6 0 03 1E Set the data.

7 1 Check that the display data(Note5) satisfies the specifiedvalue.

Note6: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:1A, 1B, 30 to 33.

Processing after Completing Adjustments

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

2 0 03 00 Set the data.

3 0 01 00 Set the data.

4 Perform “Auto White BalanceAdjustment”.

Page 104: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-30

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

13. Auto White Balance AdjustmentAdjust to the proper auto white balance output data.If it is not correct, auto white balance and color reproducibility willbe poor.

Subject Clear chart(Color reproduction adjustment frame)

Filter Filter C14 for color temperaturecorrection

Measurement Point Display data of page 1 (Note4)

Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander

Adjustment Page F

Adjustment Address 34, 35

Specified Value R ratio: 2B80 to 2C80B ratio: 5B40 to 5C40

Note1: This adjustments should be carried out upon completion of “AutoWhite Balance & LV Standard Data Input”.

Note2: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done onlyonce.

Note3: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note4: Displayed data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander.

1 : XX : XXDisplay data

Switch setting:1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA2) NIGHT SHOT ..................................................................OFF3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ...................................OFF4) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) .....................................OFF

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 Place the C14 filter for colortemperature correction on thelens.

2 0 01 01 Set the data.

3 F 44 Write down the data.

4 F 44 2C Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

5 F 45 Write down the data.

6 F 45 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

7 F 46 Write down the data.

8 F 46 5B Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

9 F 47 Write down the data.

10 F 47 C0 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

11 6 01 83 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

12 6 01 81 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

13 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”. (Note5)

14 6 01 3F Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

15 0 03 04 Set the data.

16 1 Check that the display data(Note4) satisfies the R ratiospecified value.

17 0 03 05 Set the data.

18 1 Check that the display data(Note4) satisfies the B ratiospecified value.

Note5: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:34, 35.

Processing after Completing Adjustments:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 F 44 Set the data that is written downat step 3, and press PAUSE button.

2 F 45 Set the data that is written downat step 5, and press PAUSE button.

3 F 46 Set the data that is written downat step 7, and press PAUSE button.

4 F 47 Set the data that is written downat step 9, and press PAUSE button.

5 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

6 0 03 00 Set the data.

7 0 01 00 Set the data.

Page 105: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-31

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

14. White Balance Check

Subject Clear chart(Color reproduction adjustment frame)

Filter Filter C14 for color temperaturecorrectionND filter 1.0 and 0.4 and 0.1

Measurement Point Video output terminal

Measuring Instrument Vectorscope

Specified Value Fig. 5-1-13. A to B

Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Switch setting:1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF3) DIGITAL ZOOM (Menu display) ................................... OFF4) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) .....................................OFF

Checking method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

Indoor white balance check

1 Check that the lens is notcovered with either filter.

2 6 01 0F Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

3 Check that the center of thewhite luminance point is withinthe circle shown Fig. 5-1-13. A.

4 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

Outdoor white balance check

5 Place the C14 filter on the lens.

6 6 01 3F Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

7 Check that the center of thewhite luminance point is withinthe circle shown Fig. 5-1-13. B.

8 Remove the C14 filter.

LV data check

9 Place the ND filter 1.5(1.0+0.1+0.4) on the lens.

10 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

11 0 03 06 Set the data.

12 1 Check that the display data(Note2) satisfies the specifiedvalue. Specified value: 8000 to 8BC0

Note2: Displayed data of the adjustment remote commander.1 : XX : XX

Display dataProcessing after Completing Adjustments

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

2 0 03 00 Set the data.

R-Y 2mm

B-Y

2mm

R-Y

B-Y0.5mm

1mm

3mm

3mm

Fig. 5-1-13 (A).

Fig. 5-1-13 (B).

Page 106: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-32

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

15. Mechanical Shutter Adjustment

Adjustment Page F

Adjustment Address 76 to 8B

Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Input the following data to page: F, addresses: 76 to 8B.Note: Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander each

time to set the data.

3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

16. Black Defective CCD AdjustmentDetect the black defective positions of the CCD imager.

Subject Clear chart (All white)(Approx. 40cm from the front of the lens)

Adjustment Page 1E (Note1)

Adjustment Address 20 to 2F

Note1: When reading or writing the 1E page data, select page: 0, address:10, and set data: 01, then select E page. The 1E page can be chosenby this data setting.After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to“00”.

Note2: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.

Note3: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of “FlangeBack Adjustment”.

Switch setting:1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA2) NIGHT SHOT ..................................................................OFF

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 0 10 00 Set the data.

3 6 2C 01 Set the data.

4 6 9C 01 Set the data.

5 6 90 C0 Set the data.

6 6 91 01 Set the data.

7 6 92 00 Set the data.

8 6 93 01 Set the data.

9 6 01 79 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

10 Adjust the direction of thecamera so that the whole of thescreen is white.

11 6 01 8D Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

12 6 02 Check that the data changes to“01”. (Note4)

Note4: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: 1E,address: 20 to 2F

Processing after Completing Adjustments

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 10 00 Set the data.

2 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

3 6 2C 00 Set the data.

4 6 9C 00 Set the data.

5 6 90 00 Set the data.

6 6 91 00 Set the data.

7 6 93 00 Set the data.

8 0 01 00 Set the data.

Address

76

77

78

79

7A

7B

7C

7D

7E

7F

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

8A

8B

NTSC59

87

43

94

38

81

2F

7B

27

70

47

52

50

48

3B

1D

80

85

83

85

87

80

PAL49

9D

37

76

2E

75

27

8D

20

76

47

52

4E

47

39

1E

7C

81

84

85

8B

7C

Data

Page 107: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-33

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

17. Strobe Light Level AdjustmentAdjust the light level when the strobe light flashes.

Subject Paper which reflection rate is 18%(50cm from the front of the lens)(Note1)

Adjustment Page F

Adjustment Address 8C to 91

Specified Value Data of page: 6, address: B8 is “00”.

Note1: Background paper (J-250-130-A). Perform this adjustment in thedark room or use a dark box.

Note2: Any light other than the strobe light should not light up the plate.Note3: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of “HALL

Adjustment” , “Flange Back Adjustment”.Note4: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note5: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:

6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.

Switch setting:1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA2) FLASH ......................................................................... OPEN

(Press FLASH ( ) button and set to the forced flash mode ( ),and press PHOTO button.)

3) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 7 05 04 Set the data. (Note6)

3 6 01 67 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4 Check the flashing.

5 6 02 Check that the data is “01”. (Note7)

6 6 B8 Check that the data is “00”.

Note6: Use the STOP button of the adjustment remote commander.Note7: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:

8C to 91.

Processing after Completing Adjustments:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

2 7 05 00 Set the data.

3 0 01 00 Set the data.

18. Strobe White Balance Adjustment & CheckAdjust and check the white balance when the strobe light flashes.

Subject Paper which reflection rate is 18%(50cm from the front of the lens)(Note1)

Measurement Point Video output terminal

Measuring Instrument Vectorscope

Adjustment Page F

Adjustment Address 3E, 3F

Specified Value Fig. 5-1-14.

Note1: Background paper (J-250-130-A). Perform this adjustment in thedark room or use a dark box.

Note2: Any light other than the strobe light should not light up the plate.Note3: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of “HALL

Adjustment”, “Flange Back Adjustment”, “Auto White Balance& LV Standard Data Input”, “Auto White Balance Adjustment”,“Strobe Light Level Adjustment”

Note4: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note5: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:

6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.

Switch setting:1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA2) FLASH ......................................................................... OPEN

(Press FLASH ( ) button and set to the forced flash mode ( ),and press PHOTO button.)

3) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 7 05 04 Set the data. (Note6)

3 6 01 B9 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4 Check the flashing.

5 6 02 Check that the data is “01”. (Note7)

6 6 02 00 Set the data.

7 6 01 E7 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

8 Check the flashing.

9 6 02 Check that the data is “01”.

10 Wait for 3 sec.

11 Check that the center of thewhite luminance point is withinthe circle shown Fig. 5-1-13. A.

Note6: Use the STOP button of the adjustment remote commander.Note7: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:

3E, 3F.

Processing after Completing Adjustments:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

2 7 05 00 Set the data.

3 0 01 00 Set the data.

R-Y 2mm

B-Y

2mm

Fig. 5-1-14.

Page 108: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-34

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

19. AF Laser Output AdjustmentSet the AF laser output to an appropriate level.

Subject Paper which reflection rate is 18%(50cm from the front of the lens)(Note1)

Measurement Point Adjustment remote commander

Measuring Instrument

Adjustment Page F

Adjustment Address 66 to 6C

Specified Value Data of address: 66 is “10” to “FF”.Data of address: 67 is “00” to “58”.Data of address: 68 is “0A” to “FF”.Data of address: 6B is “3E” to “5D”.

Note1: Background paper (J-250-130-A). Perform this adjustment in thedark room or use a dark box.

Note2: Any light other than the laser light should not light up the plate.Note3: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of the

following adjustments.“HALL Adjustment”, “Flange Back Adjustment”

Note4: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.Note5: Check that the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “00”. If not, to page:

6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.

Switch setting:1) POWER .................................................................. CAMERA2) NIGHT SHOT ..................................................................OFF

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 6 01 AF Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

3 Check the laser light is output.

4 6 02 Check that the data is “01”. (Note6)

5 F 66 Check that the data is “10” to“FF”.

6 F 67 Check that the data is “00” to“58”.

7 F 68 Check that the data is “0A” to“FF”.

8 F 6B Check that the data is “3E” to“5D”.

Note5: The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F, address:66 to 6C.

Processing after Completing Adjustments:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

2 0 01 00 Set the data.

Page 109: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-35

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

20. AF Laser Check

Subject Paper which reflection rate is 18%(1m from the front of the lens)(Note1)

Measurement Point Check operation on LCD screen

Measuring Instrument

Specified Value Two or more hologram lines areperfectly within the inspection frame.The hologram lines can be seen atevery outside of the inspection frame.

Note1: Background paper (J-250-130-A). Perform this adjustment in thedark room or use a dark box.

Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Switch setting:1) POWER ................................................................. MEMORY2) NIGHT SHOT .................................................................. OFF3) FOCUS .................................................................. MANUAL

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 E EF 82 Set the data.

3 6 23 04 Set the data.

4 6 5B B4 Set the data.

5 6 5C B4 Set the data.

6 6 90 DB Set the data.

7 6 91 02 Set the data.

8 6 92 B0 Set the data.

9 6 93 2A Set the data.

10 6 01 79 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

11 6 01 78 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

12 Check that two or morehologram lines are perfectlywithin the inspection frame onthe LCD screen.

13 Check that the hologram linescan be seen at every outside ofthe inspection frame (the top, thebottom, the left and the right).

Processing after Completing Adjustments:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 E EF 00 Set the data.

2 6 23 00 Set the data.

3 6 5B 00 Set the data.

4 6 5C 00 Set the data.

5 6 90 00 Set the data.

6 6 91 00 Set the data.

7 6 92 00 Set the data.

8 6 93 00 Set the data.

9 6 01 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

10 0 01 00 Set the data.

inspection frame

Fig. 5-1-15.

Page 110: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-36

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

21. Steady Shot CheckPrecautions on the Parts ReplacementThere are two types of repair parts.

Type A: ENC03LAType B: ENC03LB

Replace the broken sensor with a same type sensor. If replace withother type parts, the image will vibrate up and down or left andright during hand-shake correction operations.

Precautions on Angular Velocity SensorThe sensor incorporates a precision oscillator. Handle it with careas if it dropped, the balance of the oscillator will be disrupted andoperations will not be performed properly.

Subject Arbitrary

Measurement Point Display data of page 1 (Note1)

Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander

Specified Value 3600 to 4000

Note1: Displayed data of the adjustment remote commander.1 : XX : XX

Display dataNote2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Switch setting:1) STEADY SHOT (Menu display) ...................................... ON2) ZOOM .................................................................... TELE end

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

Pitch sensor check(JK-219 board SE5351)

1 0 03 11 Set the data.

2 1 Check that the display data(Note1) satisfies the specifiedvalue. (Note3)

Yaw sensor check(JK-219 board SE5352)

3 0 03 12 Set the data.

4 1 Check that the display data(Note1) satisfies the specifiedvalue. (Note3)

5 0 03 00 Set the data.

6 Move the camcorder, and checkthat the steady shot operationshave been performed normally

Note3: Don’t move the camcorder.

Page 111: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-37

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

1-4. COLOR ELECTRONIC VIEWFINDERSYSTEM ADJUSTMENT

Note1: When replacing the LCD unit, be careful to prevent damagescaused by static electricity.

Note2: Before performing the adjustments, check the data of page: 0,address: 10 is “00”. If not, set data: 00 to this address.

Note3: As the PANEL CLOSE switch is attached to the cabinet (R), thiscabinet must be attached when performing adjustments.If you perform the adjustments with cabinet (R) removed, set thefollowing data.1) Select page: 3, address: C4, and set data: 67.2) Select page: 3, address: C5, and set data: 01.Reset the data after completing adjustment.1) Select page: 3, address: C4, and set data: 00.2) Select page: 3, address: C5, and set data: 00.

Note4: NTSC model: DCR-TRV40/TRV50PAL model: DCR-TRV40E/TRV50E

[Adjusting connector]Most of the measuring points for adjusting the viewfinder systemare concentrated in CN1012 of VC-283 board.Connect the Measuring Instruments via the CPC-7 jig (J-6082-382-A).The following table shows the Pin No. and signal name of CN1012.

Table. 5-1-9.

Pin No.1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Signal NameN. C.

RF MON

RF IN/LANC JACK IN

SWP

PANEL COM

GND

H START

GND

Pin No.9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Signal NamePANEL VG

GND

EVF VCO

GND

EVF VG

EXT DA

LANC SIG

N. C.

1. VCO Adjustment (VC-283 board)Set the VCO free-run frequency. If deviated, the EVF screen will beblurred.

Mode Camera

Subject Arbitrary

Measurement Point Pin qa of CN1012 (EVF VCO)

Measuring Instrument Frequency counter

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 51, 52

Specified Value f = 15734 ± 30Hz (NTSC)f = 15625 ± 30Hz (PAL)

Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 C 51 Change the data and set theVCO frequency (f) to thespecified value.

3 C 51 Press PAUSE button.

4 C 51 Read the data, and this data isnamed D51.

5 Convert D51 to decimal notation,and obtain D51'. (Note2)

6 Calculate D52' using followingequations (Decimal calculation)[NTSC model]

When D51' 231D52'=D51'+24

When D51'>231D52'=255

[PAL model]When D51' 24

D52'=D51'-24When D51'<24

D52'=0

7 Convert D52' to a hexadecimalnumber, and obtain D52. (Note2)

8 C 52 D52 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

9 0 01 00 Set the data.

Note2: Refer to “Table 5-4-1. Hexadecimal-decimal Conversion Table”.

Remove the CPC lid.

CN1012

16

1

Fig. 5-1-16.

Page 112: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-38

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2. RGB AMP Adjustment (VC-283 board)Set the D range of the RGB driver used to drive the LCD to thespecified value. If deviated, the LCD screen will become blackishor saturated (whitish).

Mode Camera

Subject Arbitrary

Measurement Point Pin qd of CN1012 (EVF VG)

Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 54

Specified Value A = 7.00 ± 0.05V

Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 C 54 Change the data and set thevoltage (A) between the reversedwaveform pedestal and non-reversed waveform pedestal tothe specified value.

3 C 54 Press PAUSE button.

4 0 01 00 Set the data.

3. Contrast Adjustment (VC-283 board)Set the level of the VIDEO signal for driving the LCD to the specifiedvalue. If deviated, the screen image will be blackish or saturated(whitish).

Mode Camera

Subject Arbitrary

Measurement Point Pin qd of CN1012 (EVF VG)

Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 58

Specified Value A = 2.40 ± 0.05V

Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 C 58 Change the data and set thevoltage (A) between the 3 stepspeak and 0 IRE (pedestal) to thespecified value.(The data should be “00” to “7F”.)

3 C 58 Press PAUSE button.

4 0 01 00 Set the data.

Pedestal

Pedestal

A

2H

3 steps peak

Pedestal

A

2H

Fig. 5-1-17. Fig. 5-1-18.

Page 113: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-39

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

4. Backlight Adjustment (VC-283 board)Set the backlight luminance.If deviated, the image may become dark or bright.

Mode Camera

Subject Arbitrary

Measurement Point Pin qf of CN1012 (EXT DA)

Measuring Instrument Digital voltmeter

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 4F, 50

Specified Value NORMAL mode : A=1.12 ± 0.05VdcBRIGHT mode : B=2.10 ± 0.05Vdc

Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 C 4F Change the data and set the EXTDA voltage (A) to the specifiedvalue of NORMAL mode.

3 C 4F Press PAUSE button.

4 C 50 Change the data and set the EXTDA voltage (B) to the specifiedvalue of BRIGHT mode.

5 C 50 Press PAUSE button.

6 0 01 00 Set the data.

5. White Balance Adjustment (VC-283 board)Correct the white balance.If deviated, the reproduction of the EVF screen may degenerate.

Mode Camera

Subject Arbitrary

Measurement Point Check on EVF screen

Measuring Instrument

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 56, 57

Specified Value The EVF screen should not becolored.

Note1: Check the white balance only when replacing the following parts.If necessary, adjust them.1. LCD panel2. Light induction plate3. IC4201

Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 C 56 80 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

3 C 57 80 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4 C 57 Check that the EVF screen is notcolored. If not colored, proceedto step 10.

5 C 56 Change the data so that the EVFscreen is not colored.

6 C 56 Press PAUSE button.

7 C 57 Change the data so that the EVFscreen is not colored.

8 C 57 Press PAUSE button.

9 C 57 If the EVF screen is colored,repeat steps 5 to 9.

10 0 01 00 Set the data.

Page 114: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-40

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

1-5. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT

Note1: The back light (fluorescent tube) is driven by a high voltage ACpower supply. Therefore, do not touch the back light holder toavoid electrical shock.

Note2: When replacing the LCD unit, be careful to prevent damagescaused by static electricity.

Note3: Before performing the adjustments, check the data of page: 0,address: 10 is “00”. If not, set data: 00 to this address.

Note4: NTSC model: DCR-TRV40/TRV50PAL model: DCR-TRV40E/TRV50E

Switch setting:LCD BRIGHT(Menu setting) ............................................. Center.

[Adjusting connector]Most of the measuring points for adjusting the LCD system areconcentrated in CN1012 of the VC-283 board. Connect themeasuring instruments via the multi CPC-7 jig (J-6082-382-A). Thefollowing table shows the Pin No. and signal name of CN1012.

Table. 5-1-10.

Pin No.1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Signal NameN. C.

RF MON

RF IN/LANC JACK IN

SWP

PANEL COM

GND

H START

GND

Pin No.9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Signal NamePANEL VG

GND

EVF VCO

GND

EVF VG

EXT DA

LANC SIG

N. C.

1. VCO Adjustment (PD-165 board)Set the VCO free-run frequency. If deviated, the LCD screen willbe blurred.

Mode VTR stop

Signal No signal

Measurement Point Pin 7 of CN1012 of VC-283 board(H START)

Measuring Instrument Frequency counter

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 61, 62

Specified Value f = 15734 ± 30Hz (NTSC)f = 15625 ± 30Hz (PAL)

Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 C 61 Change the data and set theVCO frequency (f) to thespecified value.

3 C 61 Press PAUSE button.

4 C 61 Read the data, and this data isnamed D61.

5 C 62 D61 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

6 0 01 00 Set the data.

Remove the CPC lid.

CN1012

16

1

Fig. 5-1-19.

Page 115: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-41

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

2. RGB AMP Adjustment (PD-165 board)Set the D range of the RGB decoder used to drive the LCD to thespecified value. If deviated, the LCD screen will become blackishor saturated (whitish).

Mode VTR stop

Signal No signal

Measurement Point Pin 9 of CN1012 of VC-283 board(PANEL VG)Ext. trigger: Pin 5 of CN1012 ofVC-283 board (PANEL COM)

Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 64

Specified Value A = 3.50 ± 0.05V

Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 C 64 Change the data and set thevoltage (A) between the reversedwaveform pedestal and non-reversed waveform pedestal tothe specified value.(The data should be “00” to “3F”.)

3 C 64 Press PAUSE button.

4 0 01 00 Set the data.

5 Perform “Contrast Adjustment”,“COM AMP Adjustment” and“V COM Adjustment”.

3. Contrast Adjustment (PD-165 board)Set the level of the VIDEO signal for driving the LCD to the specifiedvalue. If deviated, the screen image will be blackish or saturated(whitish).

Mode VTR stop

Signal No signal

Measurement Point Pin 9 of CN1012 of VC-283 board(PANEL VG)Ext. trigger: Pin 5 of CN1012 ofVC-283 board (PANEL COM)

Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 69

Specified Value A = 3.45 ± 0.05V

Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 C 69 Change the data and set thevoltage (A) between the 100 IREand 0 IRE (pedestal) to thespecified value.(The data should be “00” to “7F”.)

3 C 69 Press PAUSE button.

4 0 01 00 Set the data.

5 Perform “COM AMP Adjustment”and “V COM Adjustment”.

Pedestal

Pedestal

A

2H

Pedestal

100IRE

A

2H

Fig. 5-1-20. Fig. 5-1-21.

Page 116: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-42

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

4. COM AMP Adjustment (PD-165 board)Set the common electrode drive signal level of LCD to the specifiedvalue.

Mode VTR stop

Signal No signal

Measurement Point Pin 5 of CN1012 of VC-283 board(PANEL COM)

Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 66

Specified Value A = 5.60 ± 0.05V (NTSC)A = 5.40 ± 0.05V (PAL)

Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 C 66 Change the data and set thePANEL COM signal level (A) tothe specified value.

3 C 66 Press PAUSE button.

4 0 01 00 Set the data.

5 Perform “V COM Adjustment”.

5. V COM Adjustment (PD-165 board)Set the DC bias of the common electrode drive signal of LCD to thespecified value.If deviated, the LCD display will move, producing flicker andconspicuous vertical lines.

Mode VTR stop

Signal No signal

Measurement Point Check on LCD display

Measuring Instrument

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 63

Specified Value The brightness difference between thesection A and section B is minimum.

Note1: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of thefollowing adjustments.

RGB AMP AdjustmentContrast AdjustmentCOM AMP Adjustment

Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 C 63 Change the data so that thebrightness of the section A andthat of the section B is equal.

3 C 63 Subtract 8 from the data.

4 C 63 Press PAUSE button.

5 0 01 00 Set the data.

Fig. 5-1-22. Fig. 5-1-23.

A

2H

A

A

A

A

B

B

B

B

Page 117: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-43

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

6. White Balance Adjustment (PD-165 board)Correct the white balance.If deviated, the reproduction of the LCD screen may degenerate.

Mode VTR stop

Signal No signal

Measurement Point Check on LCD screen

Measuring Instrument

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 67, 68

Specified Value The LCD screen should not becolored.

Note1: Check the white balance only when replacing the following parts.If necessary, adjust them.1. LCD panel2. Light induction plate3. IC5501

Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 C 67 7F Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

3 C 68 87 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4 C 68 Check that the LCD screen isnot colored. If not colored,proceed to step 10.

5 C 67 Change the data so that the LCDscreen is not colored.

6 C 67 Press PAUSE button.

7 C 68 Change the data so that the LCDscreen is not colored.

8 C 68 Press PAUSE button.

9 C 68 If the LCD screen is colored,repeat steps 5 to 9.

10 0 01 00 Set the data.

Page 118: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-44

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

5-2. MECHANISM SECTIONADJUSTMENT

On the mechanism section adjustmentFor detail of mechanism section adjustments, checks, andreplacement of mechanism parts, refer to the separate volume “DVMECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI J Mechanism ”.Note: Before performing the adjustments, check the data of page: 0,

address: 10 is “00”. If not, set data: 00 to this address.

2-1. HOE TO ENTER RECORD MODE WITHOUTCASSETTE

1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack.2) Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander

to the ON position.3) Close the cassette compartment without the cassette.4) Select page: 3, address: 01, and set data: 0C, and press the

PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.(The mechanism enters the record mode automatically.)Note: The function buttons becomes inoperable.

5) To quit the record mode, select page: 3, address: 01, set data:00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remotecommander. (Whenever you want to quit the record mode, besure to quit following this procedure.)

2-2. HOE TO ENTER PLAYBACK MODEWITHOUT CASSETTE

1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack.2) Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander

to the ON position.3) Close the cassette compartment without the cassette.4) Select page: 3, address: 01, and set data: 0B, and press the

PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.(The mechanism enters the playback mode automatically.)Note: The function buttons becomes inoperable.

5) To quit the playback mode, select page: 3, address: 01, set data:00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remotecommander. (Whenever you want to quit the playback mode,be sure to quit following this procedure.)

2-3. TAPE PATH ADJUSTMENT

1. Preparation for Adjustment1) Clean the tape running side (tape guide, drum, capstan shaft,

pinch roller, etc.).2) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack.3) Turn the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander

to the ON position.4) Connect an oscilloscope to VC-283 board CN1012 via the CPC-

7 jig (J-6082-382-A).Channel 1: VC-283 board, CN1012 Pin 2 (Note)External trigger: VC-283 board, CN1012 Pin 4Note: Connect a 75Ω resistor between Pins 2 of CN1012 and 6

(GND).5) Playback the alignment tape for tracking. (XH2-1)6) Select page: 3, address: 33, and set data: 08.7) Select page: 3, address: 26, and set data: 31.8) Check that the oscilloscope RF waveform is normal at the

entrance and exit.If not normal, adjust according to the separate volume “DVMECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI J Mechanism ”.

CN1012 of VC-283 board

Table. 5-2-1.

2. Processing after Completing Operations:1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC jack

and set the HOLD switch to the ON position.2) Select page: 3, address: 26, and set data: 00.3) Select page: 3, address: 33, and set data: 00.

Pin No.1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Signal NameN. C.

RF MON

RF IN/LANC JACK IN

SWP

PANEL COM

GND

H START

GND

Pin No.9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Signal NamePANEL VG

GND

EVF VCO

GND

EVF VG

EXT DA

LANC SIG

N. C.

Fig. 5-2-1.

CH1

Entrance side Exit sideCheck this section(Normal waveform)

CH2(Trigger)

3.3msec

Page 119: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-45

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

5-3. VIDEO SECTION ADJUSTMENTNTSC model: DCR-TRV40/TRV50PAL model: DCR-TRV40E/TRV50E

3-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENTS

Use the following measuring instruments for video sectionadjustments.

3-1-1. Equipment to Required1) TV monitor2) Oscilloscope (dual-phenomenon, band width above 30 MHz

with delay mode) (Unless specified otherwise, use a 10 : 1probe.)

3) Frequency counter4) Pattern generator with video output terminal5) Digital voltmeter6) Audio generator7) Audio level meter8) Audio distortion meter9) Audio attenuator10) Regulated power supply11) Alignment tapes

• Tracking standard (XH2-1)Parts code: 8-967-997-01

• SW/OL standard (XH2-3)Parts code: 8-967-997-11

• Audio operation check for NTSC (XH5-3)Parts code: 8-967-997-51

• System operation check for NTSC (XH5-5)Parts code: 8-967-997-61

• Audio operation check for PAL (XH5-3P)Parts code: 8-967-997-55

• System operation check for PAL (XH5-5P)Parts code: 8-967-997-66

12) Adjustment remote commander (J-6082-053-B)13) CPC-7 jig (J-6082-382-A)14) Extension cable (100P 0.4mm) (J-6082-413-A)

For extension between the DD-176 board (CN4601) and theVC-283 board (CN1003)

Page 120: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-46

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

3-1-2. Precautions on AdjustingNote1: Before performing the adjustments, check the data of page: 0,

address: 10 is “00”. If not, set data: 00 to this address.1) The adjustments of this unit are performed in the VTR mode

or camera mode.To set to the VTR mode, set the power switch to “VCR” (or“PLAYER”) or set the “Forced VTR Power ON mode” usingthe adjusting remote commander (Note2).To set to the Camera mode, set the power switch to “CAMERA”or set the “Forced Camera Power ON mode” using the adjustingremote commander (Note3).After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced VTRPower ON Mode” or “Forced Camera Power ON Mode”.(Note5)

2) The front panel block (MA-408 board (microphone amplifier,remote commander receiver, infrared LED, AF laser LED), SE-124 board (MF sensor)) must be assembled for connecting theadjusting remote commander. To remove it, disconnect thefollowing connector.

MA-408 board CN5903 (37P, 0.5mm)3) Cabinet (R) (CK-115board, LCD block) need not be connected.

But removing the cabinet (R) (removing the VC-283 boardCN1005) means removing the lithium 3V power supply (CK-115 board, BT5201) , data such as date, time, user-set menuswill be lost. After completing adjustments, reset these data.But, the self-diagnosis data and the data on history of use (totaldrum rotation time etc.) will be kept even if the cabinet (R) hasbeen removed. (Refer to “5-4.Service Mode” for the data onthe history use and the self-diagnosis data.)To remove the cabinet (R), disconnect the following connectors.

VC-283 board CN1005 (51P, 0.3mm)4) Only for DCR-TRV50/TRV50E model, the BT-003 board is

need not be connected. To remove it, disconnect the followingconnector.

BT-003 board CN102 (Bluetooth antenna terminal)VA-283 board CN1004 (15P, 0.3mm)

5) The intelligent accessory shoe is need not be connected. Toremove it, disconnect the following connector.

DD-176 board CN4604 (20P, 0.5mm)6) The EVF block (LB-078 board) is need not be connected. To

remove it, disconnect the following connector.DD-176 board CN4603 (21P, 0.3mm)

7) To open the DD-176 board, use the following extension cablebetween the DD-176 board CN4601 and VC-283 boardCN1003.

J-6082-413-A (100P, 0.4mm)8) The lens block (CD-381 board) is need not be connected. To

remove it, disconnect the following connectors.VC-283 board CN1301 (27P, 0.3mm)VC-283 board CN1501 (40P, 0.5mm)

9) By setting the “Forced VTR Power ON mode”, the video sectioncan be operate even if the control switch block (FK-2890, PS-2890) has been removed. When removing it, disconnect thefollowing connector.

VC-283 board CN1007 (27P, 0.3mm)

Note2: Setting the “Forced VTR Power ON” mode (VTR mode)1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 02, and press the PAUSE

button of the adjusting remote commander.The above procedure will enable the VTR power to be turnedon with the control switch block (PS-2890 block) removed.After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced PowerON mode”.

Note3: Setting the “Forced Camera Power ON” mode (Camera mode)1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE

button of the adjusting remote commander.The above procedure will enable the camera power to be turnedon with the control switch block (PS-2890 block) removed.After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced PowerON mode”.

Note4: Setting the “Forced Memory Power ON” mode (Memory mode)1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 05, and press the PAUSE

button of the adjusting remote commander.The above procedure will enable the memory power to beturned on with the control switch block (PS-2890 block)removed.After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced PowerON mode”.

Note5: Exiting the “Forced Power ON” mode1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE

button of the adjusting remote commander.3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

Page 121: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-47

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

3-1-3. Adjusting ConnectorsSome of the adjusting points of the video section are concentratedat VC-283 board CN1012. Connect the measuring instruments viathe CPC-7 jig (J-6082-382-A). The following table lists the pinnumbers and signal names of CN1012.

Table. 5-3-1.

3-1-4. Connecting the EquipmentConnect the measuring instruments as shown in Fig. 5-3-2., andperform the adjustments.

Pin No.1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Signal NameN. C.

RF MON

RF IN/LANC JACK IN

SWP

PANEL COM

GND

H START

GND

Pin No.9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Signal NamePANEL VG

GND

EVF VCO

GND

EVF VG

EXT DA

LANC SIG

N. C.Remove the CPC lid.

CN1012

16

1

Fig. 5-3-1.

Adjustmentremote

commander

LANC jack

Main unit

AUDIO/VIDEO jack

TV monitor

VIDEO(Yellow)

AUDIO L (White)

AUDIO R (Red)

Fig. 5-3-2.

Page 122: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-48

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

3-1-5. Alignment TapesUse the alignment tapes shown in the following table.Use tapes specified in the signal column of each adjustment.

Fig. 5-3-3 shows the 75% color bar signals recorded on the alignmenttape for Audio Operation Check.

Note: Measure with video terminal (Terminated at 75Ω)

UseTape path adjustment

Switching position adjustment

Audio system adjustment

Operation check

NameTracking standard (XH2-1)

SW/OL standard (XH2-3)

Audio operation check(XH5-3 (NTSC), XH5-3P (PAL))

System operation check(XH5-5 (NTSC), XH5-5P (PAL))

For NTSC model

For PAL model

Color bar signal waveform Color bar pattern

Color bar signal waveform Color bar pattern

Fig. 5-3-3. Color bar signal of alignment tapes

3-1-6. Input/Output Level and ImpedanceVideo input/output

Special stereo mini jackVideo signal: 1 Vp-p, 75Ω unbalanced,

sync negativeS video input/output

4-pin mini DINLuminance signal: 1 Vp-p, 75Ω unbalanced,

sync negativeChrominance signal: 0.286 Vp-p, 75Ω unbalanced (NTSC)

: 0.300 Vp-p, 75Ω unbalanced (PAL)

Audio input/outputSpecial stereo mini jackInput level: 327mVInput impedance: More than 47kΩOutput level: 327mV (at load impedance 47kΩ)Output impedance: Below 2.2kΩ

1V

0.714V

0.286V

White (75%)

White (100%)

Yello

w

Cya

nG

reen

Mag

enta

Red

Blu

e Burst signal

0.286V

Q I

Horizontal sync signal

(75%)

Whi

te

Yello

w

Cya

n

Gre

en

Mag

enta

Red

Blu

e

Q I

White(100%)

Black

1V0.7V

0.3V

White (100%)

Yello

w

Cya

nG

reen

Mag

enta

Red

Blu

e

Burst signalHorizontal sync signal

0.3V(100%)

Yello

w

Cya

n

Gre

en

Mag

enta

Red

Blu

e

Whi

te

Bla

ck

Page 123: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-49

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

3-2. SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT

1. Initialization of 8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1E, 1F PageData

If the 8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1E, 1F page data is erased due to somereason, perform “1-2. INITIALIZATION OF PAGE DATA” of “5-1. CAMERA SECTION ADJUSTMENT”Note: When reading or writing the 1B, 1E, 1F page data, select page: 0,

address: 10, and set data: 01, then select B, E or F page. The 1B. 1Eor 1F page can be chosen by this data setting.After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10 to“00”.

2. Touch Panel AdjustmentAdjust the calibration of the touch panel.

Mode VTR stop

Signal Arbitrary

Adjustment Page A

Adjustment Address 90 to 93

Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:1) Select page: 7, address: 05, and set data: 01.2) Using a stylus etc., push the center of “X” indicated in the part

A.3) Using a stylus etc., push the center of “X” indicated in the part

B.4) Using a stylus etc., push the center of “X” indicated in the part

C.5) Select page: 7, address: 05, and set data: 00.

Fig. 5-3-4.

AC

B

Page 124: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-50

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

3. Serial No. InputNote: Before performing the adjustments, check the data of page: 0,

address: 10 is “00”. If not, set data: 00 to this address.

3-1. Company ID InputWrite the company ID in the EEPROM (nonvolatile memory).

Page 8

Address 8C, 8D, 8E, 8F, 90

Input method:1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Input the following data to page: 8, addresses: 8C to 90.

Note: Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commandereach time to set the data.

3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

3-2. Serial No. InputWrite the serial No. and model code in the EEPROM (nonvolatilememory). Convert the serial No. on the name plate from decimal tohexadecimal, and write in the EEPROM.

Page 8

Address 91, 92, 93

Input method:1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Read the serial No. on the name plate, and take it as D1.

Example: If the serial No. is 77881.D1 = 77881

Note: Use six digits of the low rank when a serial No. is more thanseven digits.

3) Obtain D2 and H1 corresponding to D1 from Table 5-3-2.Example: If D1 is “77881”.

D2 = D1 – 65536 = 12345H1 = FE

D1 (Decimal)

000001 to 065535

065536 to 131071

131072 to 196607

D2 (Decimal)

D1

D1–65536

D1–131072

H1 (Hexadecimal)(Service model code)FE

FE

FE

Table 5-3-2.

4) Input H1 to page: 8, address: 91. (Model code input)Example: If H1 is “FE”.

Select page: 8, address: 91, set data: FE, andpress the PAUSE button.

5) Obtain the maximum decimal not exceeding D2 from Table 5-3-3, and take this as D3.

Example: If D2 is “12345”.D3 = 12288

6) Obtain the hexadecimal corresponding to D3 from Table 5-3-3, and take this as H3.

Example: If D3 is “12288”.H3 = 3000

7) Obtain the difference D4 between D2 and D3. (Decimalcalculation, 0 D4 255)

D4 = D2 – D3

Example: If D2 is “12345” and D3 is “12288”.D4 = 12345 – 12288 = 57

8) Convert D4 to hexadecimal, and take this as H4.(Refer to “Hexadecimal-decimal conversion table” in “5-4.Service Mode”.)

Example: If D4 is “57”.H4 = 39

9) Input the upper 2 digits of H3 to page: 8, address: 92.Example: If H3 is “3000”.

Select page: 8, address: 92, set data: 30, andpress the PAUSE button.

10) Input H4 to page: 8, address: 93.Example: If H4 is “39”.

Select page: 8, address: 93, set data: 39, andpress the PAUSE button.

11) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

Address8C

8D

8E

8F

90

Data08

00

46

01

02

Page 125: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-51

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

Decimal(D3)

Hexa-decimal

(H3)

Decimal(D3)

Hexa-decimal

(H3)

Decimal(D3)

Hexa-decimal

(H3)

Decimal(D3)

Hexa-decimal

(H3)

Decimal(D3)

Hexa-decimal

(H3)

Decimal(D3)

Hexa-decimal

(H3)

Decimal(D3)

Hexa-decimal

(H3)

Decimal(D3)

Hexa-decimal

(H3)

0

256

512

768

1024

1280

1536

1792

2048

2304

2560

2816

3072

3328

3584

3840

4096

4352

4608

4864

5120

5376

5632

5888

6144

6400

6656

6912

7168

7424

7680

7936

8192

8448

8704

8960

9216

9472

9728

9984

10240

10496

10752

11008

11264

11520

11776

12032

12288

12544

12800

13056

13312

13568

13824

14080

14336

14592

14848

15104

15360

15616

15872

16128

16384

16640

16896

17152

17408

17664

17920

18176

18432

18688

18944

19200

19456

19712

19968

20224

20480

20736

20992

21248

21504

21760

22016

22272

22528

22784

23040

23296

23552

23808

24064

24320

24576

24832

25088

25344

25600

25856

26112

26368

26624

26880

27136

27392

27648

27904

28160

28416

28672

28928

29184

29440

29696

29952

30208

30464

30720

30976

31232

31488

31744

32000

32256

32512

32768

33024

33280

33536

33792

34048

34304

34560

34816

35072

35328

35584

35840

36096

36352

36608

36864

37120

37376

37632

37888

38144

38400

38656

38912

39168

39424

39680

39936

40192

40448

40704

40960

41216

41472

41728

41984

42240

42496

42752

43008

43264

43520

43776

44032

44288

44544

44800

45056

45312

45568

45824

46080

46336

46592

46848

47104

47360

47616

47872

48128

48384

48640

48896

49152

49408

49664

49920

50176

50432

50688

50944

51200

51456

51712

51968

52224

52480

52736

52992

53248

53504

53760

54016

54272

54528

54784

55040

55296

55552

55808

56064

56320

56576

56832

57088

57344

57600

57856

58112

58368

58624

58880

59136

59392

59648

59904

60160

60416

60672

60928

61184

61440

61696

61952

62208

62464

62720

62976

63232

63488

63744

64000

64256

64512

64768

65024

65280

0000

0100

0200

0300

0400

0500

0600

0700

0800

0900

0A00

0B00

0C00

0D00

0E00

0F00

1000

1100

1200

1300

1400

1500

1600

1700

1800

1900

1A00

1B00

1C00

1D00

1E00

1F00

2000

2100

2200

2300

2400

2500

2600

2700

2800

2900

2A00

2B00

2C00

2D00

2E00

2F00

3000

3100

3200

3300

3400

3500

3600

3700

3800

3900

3A00

3B00

3C00

3D00

3E00

3F00

4000

4100

4200

4300

4400

4500

4600

4700

4800

4900

4A00

4B00

4C00

4D00

4E00

4F00

5000

5100

5200

5300

5400

5500

5600

5700

5800

5900

5A00

5B00

5C00

5D00

5E00

5F00

6000

6100

6200

6300

6400

6500

6600

6700

6800

6900

6A00

6B00

6C00

6D00

6E00

6F00

7000

7100

7200

7300

7400

7500

7600

7700

7800

7900

7A00

7B00

7C00

7D00

7E00

7F00

8000

8100

8200

8300

8400

8500

8600

8700

8800

8900

8A00

8B00

8C00

8D00

8E00

8F00

9000

9100

9200

9300

9400

9500

9600

9700

9800

9900

9A00

9B00

9C00

9D00

9E00

9F00

A000

A100

A200

A300

A400

A500

A600

A700

A800

A900

AA00

AB00

AC00

AD00

AE00

AF00

B000

B100

B200

B300

B400

B500

B600

B700

B800

B900

BA00

BB00

BC00

BD00

BE00

BF00

C000

C100

C200

C300

C400

C500

C600

C700

C800

C900

CA00

CB00

CC00

CD00

CE00

CF00

D000

D100

D200

D300

D400

D500

D600

D700

D800

D900

DA00

DB00

DC00

DD00

DE00

DF00

E000

E100

E200

E300

E400

E500

E600

E700

E800

E900

EA00

EB00

EC00

ED00

EE00

EF00

F000

F100

F200

F300

F400

F500

F600

F700

F800

F900

FA00

FB00

FC00

FD00

FE00

FF00

Table 5-3-3.

Page 126: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-52

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

3-3. SERVO AND RF SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTBefore perform the servo and RF system adjustments, check thatthe specified value of “40.5MHz/54MHz Origin OscillationAdjustment” of “CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT” is satisfied.And check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is “00”. If not, setdata: 00 to this address.

Adjusting Procedure:1. CAP FG duty adjustment2. PLL f0 & LPF f0 adjustment3. Switching position adjustment4. AGC center level and APC & AEQ adjustment5. PLL f0 & LPF f0 fine adjustment

1. Cap FG Duty Adjustment (VC-283 Board)Set the Cap FG signal duty cycle to 50% to establish an appropriatecapstan servo. If deviated, the uneven rotation of capstan and noisecan occur.

Measurement Point Display data of page: 3, address: 02, 03

Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 16

Specified Value Data of page: 3, address: 02 is “00”.Data of page: 3, address: 03 is “00”.

Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 Close the cassette compartmentwithout inserting a cassette.

2 0 01 01 Set the data.

3 3 01 1B Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4 3 02 Check that the data changes inthe following order.“1B” t “2B” t “00”

5 3 03 Check that the data is “00”.(Note2)

6 0 01 00 Set the data.

Note2: If the data is “01”, adjustment has errors or the mechanism deck isdefective.

2. PLL f0 & LPF f0 Adjustment (VC-283 Board)

Mode VTR stop

Measurement Point Display data of page: 3, address: 02, 03

Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 1F, 20, 22, 29

Specified Value Data of page: 3, address: 02 is “00”.Data of page: 3, address: 03 is “00”.

Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 C 21 DC Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

3 3 01 30 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4 3 02 Check that the data changes to“00” with in 5 sec. (Note2)

5 3 03 Check that the data is “00”.(Note2)

6 0 01 00 Set the data.

Note2: If it isn’t satisfied, select page: C, address: 21, set the followingdata, and press the PAUSE button, and repeat steps 3 to 5.

There are errors when it isn’t satisfied even if the above treatmentis done.If bit2, bit3, bit4, bit5 or bit 6 of the data of page: 3, address: 03 is“1”, there are errors. For the error contents, see the following table.(For the bit values, refer to “5-4. SERVICE MODE”, “4-3. 3. Bitvalue discrimination”.)

Setting dataE0

D8

E4

D4

When the data of page: C, address: 21 is “DC”.

When the data of page: C, address: 21 is “E0”.

When the data of page: C, address: 21 is “D8”.

When the data of page: C, address: 21 is “E4”

Bit value of page: 3,address: 03 databit 2 = 1 or bit 3 = 1

bit 4 = 1 or bit 5 = 1

bit 6 = 1

Error contents

PLL f0 fine adjustment is defective

PLL f0 adjustment is defective

LPF f0 is defective

Page 127: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-53

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

3. Switching Position Adjustment (VC-283 Board)To obtain normal playback waveform output during the Digital8playback mode, adjust the switching position.

Mode VTR playback

Signal SW/OL reference tape (XH2-3)

Measurement Point Display data of page: 3, address: 02, 03

Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 10, 11, 12, 13

Specified Value Data of page: 3, address: 02 is “00”.Data of page: 3, address: 03 is “00”.

Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 Insert the SW/OL reference tapeand enter the VTR STOP mode.

2 0 01 01 Set the data.

3 C 10 EE Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4 3 21 Check that the data is “02”.(Note2)

5 3 01 0D Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

6 3 02 Check that the data changes to“00”.

7 3 03 Check that the data is “00”.(Note3)

8 0 01 00 Set the data.

Note2: If the data of page: 3, address: 21 is “72”, the tape top being played.After playing the tape for 1 to 2 seconds, stop it, perform step 5and higher.If the data of page: 3, address: 21 is “62”, the tape end being played.After rewinding the tape, perform step 5 and higher.

Note3: If bit 0 of the data is “1”, the EVEN channel is defective. If bit 1 is“1”, the ODD channel is defective. Contents of the defect is writteninto page: C, addresses: 10 and 12. See the following table. (Forthe bit values, refer to “5-4. SERVICE MODE”, “4-3. 3. Bit valuediscrimination”.) If bit 3 of the data is “1”, the tape end beingplayed, so rewind the tape and perform the adjustment again.

When the EVEN channel is defective

When the ODD channel is defective

Data of page: C,address: 10EE

E8

E7

Contents of defect

Writing into EEPROM (IC2502) is defective

Adjustment data is out of range

No data is returned from IC2101

Data of page: C,address: 12EE

E8

E7

Contents of defect

Writing into EEPROM (IC2502) is defective

Adjustment data is out of range

No data is returned from IC2101

4. AGC Center Level and APC & AEQ AdjustmentNote: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

4-1. Preparations before adjustments

Mode Camera recording

Subject Arbitrary

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 7 30 80 Set the data.

2 Record the camera signal forthree minutes.

4-2. AGC Center Level Adjustment (VC-283 Board)

Mode Playback

Signal Recorded signal at “Preparationsbefore adjustments”

Measurement Point Pin 2 of CN1012 (RF MON) (Note1)Ext. trigger: Pin 4 of CN1012 (SWP)

Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 1E

Specified Value Data of page: 3, address: 02 is “00”.Data of page: 3, address: 03 is “00”.

Note1: Connect a 75Ω resistor between Pin 2 and Pin 6 (GND) ofCN1012.75Ω resistor (Parts code: 1-247-804-11)

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 Playback the recorded signal at“Preparations before adjustments”

2 0 01 01 Set the data.

3 3 33 08 Set the data.

4 Confirm that the playback RFsignal is stable. (Fig. 5-3-4.)

5 3 01 23 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

6 3 02 Check that the data is “00”.

7 3 03 Check that the data is “00”.(Note2)

8 Perform “APC & AEQAdjustment”.

Note2: If the data of page: 3, address: 03 is other than “00”, adjustmenthas errors. (Take an appropriate remedial measures according tothe errors referring to the following table.)

Data Contents of defect

20 Perform re-adjustment. (Note 3)

30 The machine is defective

40 Perform re-adjustment. (Note 3)

50 The machine is defective

Note3: If this data is displayed twice successively, the machine is defective.

Page 128: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-54

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

4-3. APC & AEQ Adjustment (VC-283 Board)

Mode Playback

Signal Recorded signal at “Preparationsbefore adjustments”

Measurement Point Pin 2 of CN1012 (RF MON) (Note1)Ext. trigger: Pin 4 of CN1012 (SWP)

Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 18, 19, 1B, 1C, 21, 2C

Specified Value Data of page: 3, address: 02 is “00”.Data of page: 3, address: 03 is “00”.

Note1: Connect a 75Ω resistor between Pin 2 and Pin 6 (GND) ofCN1012.

75Ω resistor (Parts code: 1-247-804-11)Note2: The “AGC Center Level Adjustment” must have already been

completed before starting this adjustment.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 Playback the recorded signal at“Preparations before adjustments”

2 0 01 01 Set the data.

3 3 33 08 Set the data.

4 Confirm that the playback RFsignal is stable. (Fig. 5-3-4.)

5 3 01 07 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

6 3 02 Check that the data changes from“07” to “00” in about 20 secondsafter pressing PAUSE button.

7 3 03 Check that the data is “00”.(Note3)

8 Perform “Processing afterCompleting Adjustments”.

Note3: If the data is other than “00”, adjustment has errors. Take anappropriate remedial measures according to the errors referring tothe following table.

Data Contents of defect

20 Perform re-adjustment. (Note 4)

30 The machine is defective

50 Perform re-adjustment. (Note 4)

60 The machine is defective

80 The machine is defective

Note4: If this data is displayed twice successively, the machine is defective.

4-4. Processing after Completing Adjustments

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 7 30 00 Set the data.

2 3 33 00 Set the data.

3 0 01 00 Set the data.

6.7 msec

PB RF signal is stable

Pin qj

Pin w;

Fig. 5-3-5.

Page 129: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-55

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

5. PLL f0 & LPF f0 Fine Adjustment (VC-283 Board)

Mode VTR stop

Signal Arbitrary

Measurement Point Display data of page: 3, address: 02, 03

Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 1F, 20, 22, 29

Specified Value Data of page: 3, address: 02 is “00”.Data of page: 3, address: 03 is “00”.

Note1: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 3 01 30 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

3 3 02 Check that the data changes to“00” with in 5 sec. (Note2)

4 3 03 Check that the data is “00”.(Note3)

5 0 01 00 Set the data.

Note2: If it isn’t satisfied, there are errors.Note3: If the data of page: 3, address: 03 is other than “00”, there are

errors. For the error contents, see the following table. (For the bitvalues, refer to “5-4. SERVICE MODE”, “4-3. 3. Bit valuediscrimination”.)

Bit value of page: 3,address: 03bit 2 = 1 or bit 3 = 1

bit 4 = 1 or bit 5 = 1

bit 6 = 1

Error contents

PLL f0 fine adjustment is defective

PLL f0 adjustment is defective

LPF f0 is defective

Page 130: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-56

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

3-4. VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTSNote1: Before perform the servo and RF system adjustments, check that

the specified value of “40.5MHz/50MHz Origin OscillationAdjustment” of “CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT” issatisfied.And check that the data of page: 0, address: 10 is “00”. If not, setdata: 00 to this address.

Note2: NTSC model: DCR-TRV40/TRV50PAL model: DCR-TRV40E/TRV50E

1. Chroma BPF fo Adjustment (VC-283 Board)Set the center frequency of IC4101 chroma band-pass filter.

Mode Camera

Subject Arbitrary

Measurement Point CH1: Chroma signal terminal of SVIDEO jack (75Ω terminated)CH2: Y signal terminal of S VIDEO jack(75Ω terminated)

Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 28

Specified Value A = 100mVp-p or lessB = 200mVp-p or more

Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 Check that the burst signal (B) isoutput to the chroma signalterminal of S VIDEO jack.

3 3 0C 04 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

4 C 28 Change the data for minimumamplitude of the burst signallevel (A).(The data should be “00” to “0F”.)

5 C 28 Press PAUSE button.

6 3 0C 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

7 Check that the burst signal level(B) satisfies the specified value.

8 0 01 00 Set the data.

2. S VIDEO OUT Y Level Adjustment (VC-283 Board)

Mode Camera

Subject Arbitrary

Measurement Point Y signal terminal of S VIDEO jack(75Ω terminated)

Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 25

Specified Value A = 1000 ± 14mV

Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Switch setting:DEMO MODE (Menu setting) ........................................OFF

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 3 0C 02 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

3 C 25 Change the data and set the Ysignal level (A) to the specifiedvalue.

4 C 25 Press PAUSE button.

5 3 0C 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

6 0 01 00 Set the data.

CH1

CH2

A

H

CH1

H

B

When the data of page: 3, address: 0C, is 04:

When the data of page: 3, address: 0C, is 00:

Fig. 5-3-6.

H

Center of luminance line

A

Fig. 5-3-7.

Page 131: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-57

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

3. S VIDEO OUT Chroma Level Adjustment(VC-283 Board)

Mode Camera

Subject Arbitrary

Measurement Point Chroma signal terminal of S VIDEOjack (75Ω terminated)External trigger: Y signal terminal ofS VIDEO jack

Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope

Adjustment Page C

Adjustment Address 26, 27

Specified Value Cr level: A = 714 ± 14mV (NTSC)A = 700 ± 14mV (PAL)

Cb level:B = 714 ± 14mV (NTSC)B = 700 ± 14mV (PAL)

Burst level: C = 286 ± 6mV (NTSC)C = 300 ± 6mV (PAL)

Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Switch setting:DEMO MODE (Menu setting) ........................................OFF

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 0 01 01 Set the data.

2 3 0C 02 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

3 C 26 Change the data and set the Crsignal level (A) to the specifiedvalue.

4 C 26 Press PAUSE button.

5 C 27 Change the data and set the Cbsignal level (B) to the specifiedvalue.

6 C 27 Press PAUSE button.

7 Check that the burst signal level(C) is satisfied the specified value.

8 3 0C 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

9 0 01 00 Set the data.

4. VIDEO OUT Y, Chroma Level Check (VC-283 Board)

Mode Camera

Subject Arbitrary

Measurement Point Video terminal of AUDIO VIDEOjack (75Ω terminated)

Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope

Specified Value Sync level: A = 286 ± 18mV (NTSC)A = 300 ± 18mV (PAL)

Burst level: B = 286 ± 18(mV (NTSC)B = 300 ± 18mV (PAL)

Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Switch setting:DEMO MODE (Menu setting) ........................................OFF

Adjusting method:

Order Page Address Data Procedure

1 3 0C 02 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

2 Check that the sync signal level(A) satisfies the specified value.

3 Check that the burst signal level(B) satisfies the specified value.

4 3 0C 00 Set the data, and press PAUSEbutton.

H

C

A

0.28 µsec (NTSC)0.23 µsec (PAL)

B

0.28 µsec (NTSC) 0.23 µsec (PAL)

H

B

A

Fig. 5-3-8.

Fig. 5-3-9.

Page 132: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-58

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

3-5. AUDIO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS

[Connection of Audio System Measuring Devices]Connect the audio system measuring devices as shown in Fig. 5-3-10.

Fig. 5-3-10.

Recording (Camera mode)

Audio oscillator

Attenuator

600 Ω Left

Right

Main unit

MIC

600 Ω: 270 Ω (1-249-410-11) + 330 Ω (1-249-411-11)

Main unit

AUDIO/VIDEOOUT

Left (White)

Right 47k Ω

47k Ω

Video (Yellow)

TV monitor

Audio level meteror Distortion meter

47k Ω (1-249-437-11)

Playback

(Red)

Page 133: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-59

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

1. Playback Level Check

Mode VTR playback

Signal Alignment tape:For audio operation check(XH5-3 (NTSC))(XH5-3P (PAL))

Measurement Point Audio left or right terminal of AUDIOVIDEO jack

Measuring Instrument Audio level meter and frequencycounter

Specified Value 32 kHz mode: 1 kHz, +3.0 ± 2.0dBs48 kHz mode: 1 kHz, +3.0 ± 2.0dBs44.1 kHz mode:The 7.35kHz signal level during EMPOFF is +2.0 ± 2.0dBs.The 7.35kHz signal level during EMPON is –6 ± 2 dB from the signal levelduring EMP OFF.

Checking Method:1) Check that the playback signal level is the specified value.

2. Overall Level Characteristics Check

Mode Camera recording and playback

Signal 400Hz, –66 dBs signal: MIC jack leftand right

Measurement Point Audio left or right terminal of AUDIOVIDEO jack

Measuring Instrument Audio level meter

Specified Value –7.5 ± 3.0dBs

Checking Method:1) Input the 400Hz, –66dBs signal in the MIC jack.2) Record in the camera mode.3) Playback the recorded section.4) Check that the 400Hz signal level is the specified value.

3. Overall Distortion Check

Mode Camera recording and playback

Signal 400Hz, –66dBs signal: MIC jack leftand right

Measurement Point Audio left or right terminal of AUDIOVIDEO jack

Measuring Instrument Audio distortion meter

Specified Value Below 0.4%(200Hz to 6kHz BPF ON)

Checking Method:1) Input the 400Hz, –66dBs signal in the MIC jack.2) Record in the camera mode.3) Playback the recorded section.4) Check that the distortion is the specified value.

4. Overall Noise Level Check

Mode Camera recording and playback

Signal No signal: Insert a shorting plug in theMIC jack

Measurement Point Audio left or right terminal of AUDIOVIDEO jack

Measuring Instrument Audio level meter

Specified Value Below –45dBs(IHF-A filter ON, 20kHz LPF ON)

Checking Method:1) Insert a shorting plug in the MIC jack.2) Record in the camera mode.3) Playback the recorded section.4) Check that the noise level is the specified value.

5. Overall Separation Check

Mode Camera recording and playback

Signal 400Hz, –66dBs signal: MIC jack<right> [left](Connect the MIC jack <left> [right]to GND)

Measurement Point Audio <left> [right] terminal ofAUDIO VIDEO jack

Measuring Instrument Audio level meter

Specified Value Below –40dBs (IHF-A filter ON)

< > : Left channel check[ ] : Right channel check

Checking Method:1) Input the 400Hz, –66dBs signal in the <right> [left] terminal

of the MIC jack only.2) Record in the camera mode.3) Playback the recorded section.4) Check that the signal level of the audio <left> [right] terminal

is the specified value.

Page 134: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-60

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

5-4. SERVICE MODE

4-1. ADJUSTMENT REMOTE COMMANDERThe adjustment remote commander is used for changing thecalculation coefficient in signal processing, EVR data, etc. Theadjustment remote commander performs bi-directionalcommunication with the unit using the remote commander signalline (LANC). The resultant data of this bi-directional communicationis written in the non-volatile memory.

1. Using the adjustment remote commander1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the LANC

terminal.2) Set the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander to

“HOLD” (SERVICE position). If it has been properlyconnected, the LCD on the adjustment remote commander willdisplay as shown in Fig. 5-4-1.

Fig. 5-4-1

3) Operate the adjustment remote commander as follows.• Changing the page

The page increases when the EDIT SEARCH+ button is pressed,and decreases when the EDIT SEARCH– button is pressed.There are altogether 19 pages, from 0 to F, 1B, 1E, 1F. (Note)

• Changing the addressThe address increases when the FF (M) button is pressed,and decreases when the REW (m) button is pressed. Thereare altogether 256 addresses, from 00 to FF.

• Changing the data (Data setting)The data increases when the PLAY (N) button is pressed,and decreases when the STOP (x) button is pressed. Thereare altogether 256 data, from 00 to FF.

• Writing the adjustment dataThe PAUSE button must be pressed to write the adjustmentdata (8, A, B, C, D, E, F, 1B, 1E, 1F page) in the nonvolatilememory. (The new adjusting data will not be recorded in thenonvolatile memory if this step is not performed.)

4) After completing all adjustments, turn off the main powersupply once.

Note: When reading or writing the 1B, 1E, 1F page data, select page:0, address: 10, and set data: 01, then select B, E or F page. The1B, 1E or 1F page can be chosen by this data setting.After reading or writing, reset the data of page: 0, address: 10to “00”.

HexadecimalnotationLCD DisplayDecimal notationconversion value

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A b c d E F

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415

2. Precautions upon usingthe adjustment remote commander

Mishandling of the adjustment remote commander may erase thecorrect adjustment data at times. To prevent this, it is recommendedthat all adjustment data be noted down before beginning adjustmentsand new adjustment data after each adjustment.

Page Data Address

Page 135: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-61

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

4-2. DATA PROCESSThe calculation of the DDS display and the adjustment remotecommander display data (hexadecimal notation) are required forobtaining the adjustment data of some adjustment items. In this case,after converting the hexadecimal notation to decimal notation,calculate and convert the result to hexadecimal notation, and use itas the adjustment data. Indicates the hexadecimal-decimalconversion table.

Hexadecimal-decimal Conversion TableLower digit ofhexadecimal

Upper digit of hexadecimal

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A(A)

B(b)

C(c)

D(d)

E(E)

F(F)

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

A (A)

B (b)

C (c)

D (d)

E (E)

F (F)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63

64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79

80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95

96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111

112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127

128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143

144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158

174

159

175160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173

177176 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191

192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207

208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223

224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239

240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255

0

1

Note : The characters shown in the parenthesis ( ) shown the display on the adjustment remote commander.(Example) If the DDS display or the adjustment remote commander shows BD (bd);

Because the upper digit of the adjustment number is B (b), and the lower digit is D (d), the meeting point “189” of 1 and 2 in the above table is the corresponding decimal number.

0

2

Table. 5-4-1.

Page 136: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-62

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

4-3. SERVICE MODE

Note: Before performing the adjustments, check the data of page: 0,address: 10 is “00”. If not, set data: 00 to this address.

1. Setting the Test Mode

Page D Address 10

• Before setting the data , select page: 0, address: 01, and set data:01.

• For page D, the data set is recorded in the non-volatile memoryby pressing the PAUSE button of the adjustment remotecommander. In this case, take note that the test mode will not beexited even when the main power is turned off.

• After completing adjustments/repairs, be sure to return the dataof this address to 00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustmentremote commander.Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

2. Emergence Memory Address

Page C Address F4 to FF

When no error occurs in this unit, data “00” is written in the aboveaddresses (F4 to FF). when first error occurs in the unit, the datacorresponding to the error is written in the first emergency address(F4 to F7). In the same way, when the second error occurs, the datacorresponding to the error is written in the second emergency address(F8 to FB). Finally, when the last error occurs, the data correspondingto the error is written in the last emergency address (FC to FF).

Note: After completing adjustments, be sure to initialize the data ofaddresses F4 to FF to “00”.

Initializing method:1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.2) Select page: 3, address: 01, set data: 37, and press the PAUSE

button.3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.

ContentsEMG code when first error occurs

Upper: MSW code when shift starts when firsterror occursLower: MSW code when first error occurs

Lower: MSW code to be moved when first erroroccurs

EMG code when second error occurs

Upper: MSW code when shift starts when seconderror occursLower: MSW code when second error occurs

Lower: MSW code to be moved when second erroroccurs

EMG code when last error occurs

Upper: MSW code when shift starts when last erroroccursLower: MSW code when last error occurs

Lower: MSW code to be moved when last erroroccurs

AddressF4

F6

F7

F8

FA

FB

FC

FE

FF

2-1. EMG Code (Emergency Code)Codes corresponding to the errors which occur are written inaddresses F4, F8 and FC. The type of error indicated by the codeare shown in the following table.

Emergency TypeNo error

Loading motor emergency during loading

Loading motor emergency during unloading

T reel emergency during normal rotation

S reel emergency during normal rotation

T reel emergency (Short circuit between S reelterminal and T reel terminal)

FG emergency at the start up of the capstan

FG emergency at the start up of the drum

FG emergency during normal rotation of the drum

Code00

10

11

22

23

24

30

40

42

FunctionNormal

Forced camera power ON

Forced VTR power ON

Forced camera + VTR power ON

Forced memory power ON

Data00

01

02

03

05

Page 137: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-63

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

00

10

=2

11

10

=E

← UNLOAD

Lock releasedCassette compartment

Pinch roller pressing

LS chassis movement section

EJ BL

10

10

=A

11

10

=E

ULE BL

10

00

=8

11

10

=E

SR BL

11

00

=C

11

10

=E

GL BL

01

00

=4

11

10

=E

STOP BL

01

10

=6

R/P

LOAD →

← A (MSB) ← B← C← D (LSB) (Fixed at “0”)

Mechanical Position

Position

EJ

BL

ULE

SR

GL

STOP

R/P

NULL

Code

2

E

A

8

C

4

6

0

F

ContentsPosition at which the cassette component lock is released, at the farthest unload side mechanicallyat which the mechanism can move no further in the UNLOAD direction.

BLANK code, at the boundary between codes.

EJECT completion position. when the cassette is ejected, the mechanism will stop at this position.Cassette IN standby. The guide will start protruding out as the mechanism moves towards theLOAD position.

Position at which it is possible to release the S ratchet.

Guide loading are performed here.

Stop position in the loading state. The pinch roller separates, the tension regulator returns, and thebrake is imposed on both reels.

PB, REC, CUE, REVIEW, PAUSE positions. When pinch roller is pressed, and the tensionregulator is ON, the mechanism is operating at this position in modes in which normal images areshown.

Code not existing in the MD. Default value.

Status before finding any mechanism position.

2-2. MSW CodeMSW when errors occur:Information on MSW (mode SW) when errors occurMSW when movement starts: Information on MSW when movements starts when the mechanism position is moved (When the L motor is moved)MSW of target of movement: Information on target MSW of movement when the mechanism position is moved

Page 138: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-64

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

Display on theadjustment

remotecommander

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

A (A)

B (b)

C (c)

D (d)

E (E)

F (F)

Bit valuesbit3or

bit70

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

bit2or

bit60

0

0

0

1

1

1

1

0

0

0

0

1

1

1

1

bit1or

bit50

0

1

1

0

0

1

1

0

0

1

1

0

0

1

1

bit0or

bit40

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1B

Example: If “8E” is displayed on the adjustment remote commander, thebit values for bit7 to bit4 are shown in the A column, and thebit values for bit3 to bit0 are shown in the B column.

Page

Address

bit3 to bit0 discrimination

bit7 to bit4 discrimination

Display on the adjustment remote commander

3. Bit value discriminationBit values must be discriminated using the display data of theadjustment remote commander for following items. Use the tablebelow to discriminate if the bit value is “1” or “0”.

A

4. Switch check (1)

Page 7 Address 0E

Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Bit1

2

3

FunctionMIC jack (MA-409 board J6202)

AUDIO/VIDEO jack (JK-219 board J5303)

S VIDEO jack (JK-219 board J5302)

When bit value=1Used

Used

Used

When bit value=0Not used

Not used

Not used

Bit0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

FunctionPOWER SW (VTR MODE SW) (PS-2890 block S003)

POWER SW (CAM MODE SW) (PS-2890 block S002)

START/STOP SW (PS-2890 block S001)

EJECT SW (FP-460 flexible)

CC DOWN SW (Mechanism chassis)

PHOTO SW (PHOTO FREEZE SW) (FK-2890 block S070)

POWER SW (PHOTO STBY SW) (PS-2890 block S004)

When bit value=1OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF

OFF (UP)

OFF

OFF

When bit value=0ON (VCR/PLAYER)

ON (CAMERA)

ON

ON

ON (DOWN)

ON

ON (MEMORY)

Using method:1) Select page: 7, address: 0E.2) By discriminating the bit value of display data, the state of the switch can be discriminated.

5. Switch check (2)

Page 7 Address 0C

Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Using method:1) Select page: 7, address: 0C.2) By discriminating the bit value of display data, the state of the switch can be discriminated.

Page 139: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-65

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

6. Switch check (3)

Page 3 Address 61

Note: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Using method:1) Select page: 3, address: 61.2) By discriminating the bit value of display data, the state of the switch can be discriminated.

Bit6

FunctionHEADPHONS jack

When bit value=1Used

When bit value=0Not used

7. Switch check (4)

Page 2 Address 60 to 65

Using method:1) Select page: 2, address: 60 to 65.2) By discriminating the display data, the pressed key can be discriminated.

Address

60(KEY AD0)(IC3101 tl)

61(KEY AD1)(IC3101 y;)

62(KEY AD2)(IC3101 ya)

63(KEY AD3)(IC3101 yg)

64(KEY AD4)(IC3101 yh)

65(KEY AD5)(IC3101 yj)

00(00 to 0C)

COLOR SLOW S/SUPER NS

(JK-219 board)(S5301)

EDITSEARCH –

(FK-2890 block)(S068)

STOP(KY-2890 block)

(S001)

REC(KY-2890 block)

(S006, 007)

NET WORK(KP-2890 block)

(S001) *1

19(0D to 26)

FLASH(JK-219 board)

(S5302)

EDITSEARCH +

(FK-2890 block)(S067)

REW(KY-2890 block)

(S002)

VLUME –(KY-2890 block)

(S008)

EXECUTE(KP-2890 block)

(S002)

Data34

(27 to 43)

PHOTO(PHOTO REC)(FK-2890 block)

(S069)

PLAY(KY-2890 block)

(S003)

VLUME +(KY-2890 block)

(S009)

PROGRAM AE(KP-2890 block)

(S003)

53(44 to 63)

FF(KY-2890 block)

(S004)

DISPLAY(KY-2890 block)

(S010)

EXPOSURE(KP-2890 block)

(S004)

76(64 to 8A)

PAUSE(KY-2890 block)

(S005)

MENU(KY-2890 block)

(S011)

BACK LIGHT(KP-2890 block)

(S005)

A0(8B to B6)

FOCUSINFINTY

(KP-2890 block)(S007)

FADER(KP-2890 block)

(S006)

CE(B7 to E6)

FOCUSAUTO

(KP-2890 block)(S007)

PANEL CLOSE(CK-155 board)

(S5201)

PANELREVERSE

(FP-461 flexible)

FF(E7 to FF)

No key input

No key input

FOCUSMANUAL

(KP-2890 block)(S007)

PANEL OPEN(CK-155 board)

(S5201)

PANELNORMAL

(FP-461 flexible)

No key input

*1: DCR-TRV50/TRV50E

Page 140: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

5-66E

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

8. Record of Use check (1)

Page 7 Address A7 to A9

Note1: When replacing the drum assembly or the mechanism deck, initialize the data of address: A7 to A9.Note2: This data will be kept even if the lithium battery (CK-115 board BT5201 of the cabinet (R) assembly) is removed.Note3: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Using method:1) The record of use data is displayed at addresses: A7 to A9.

Initializing method:1) Select page: 7, address: 00, and set data: 71.2) Select page: 7, address: 01, set data: 71 and press the PAUSE button.3) Check that the data of page: 7, address: 02 is “00”.

AddressA7

A8

A9

Remarks100000th place digit and 10000th place digit of counted time

1000th place digit and 100th place digit of counted time

10th place digit and 1st place digit of counted time

FunctionHour (H)

Drum rotation counted time (BCD code) Hour (M)

Hour (L)

9. Record of Use check (2)

Page 7 Address C8 to CD

Note1: This data will be kept even if the lithium battery (CK-115 board BT5201 of the cabinet (R) assembly) is removed.Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Using method:1) The record of use data is displayed at addresses: C8 to CD.

10. Record of Self-diagnosis check

Page 7 Address B0 to C6

AddressC8

C9

CA

CB

CC

CD

Remarks

After setting the clock, set the date of power on next.

FunctionYear

User initial power on date (BCD code) Month

Day

Final condensation occurrence dateYear

(BCD code)Month

Day

Note1: This data will be kept even if the lithium battery (CK-115 boardBT5201 of the cabinet (R) assembly) is removed.

Note2: The data of page: 0, address: 10 must be “00”.

Address Self-diagnosis code

B0 “Repaired by” code (Occurred 1st time) *1

B1 “Block function” code (Occurred 1st time)

B2 “Detailed” code (Occurred 1st time)

B4 “Repaired by” code (Occurred 2nd time) *1

B5 “Block function” code (Occurred 2nd time)

B6 “Detailed” code (Occurred 2nd time)

B8 “Repaired by” code (Occurred 3rd time) *1

B9 “Block function” code (Occurred 3rd time)

BA “Detailed” code (Occurred 3rd time)

BC “Repaired by” code (Occurred 4th time) *1

BD “Block function” code (Occurred 4th time)

BE “Detailed” code (Occurred 4th time)

C0 “Repaired by” code (Occurred 5th time) *1

C1 “Block function” code (Occurred 5th time)

C2 “Detailed” code (Occurred 5th time)

C4 “Repaired by” code (Occurred the last time) *1

C5 “Block function” code (Occurred the last time)

C6 “Detailed” code (Occurred the last time)

*1 : “01” → “C”, “03” → “E”

Using method:1) The past self-diagnosis codes are displayed at addresses: BC

to C6. Refer to “SELF-DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION” for detailof the self-diagnosis code.

Page 141: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

6-1

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

SECTION 6REPAIR PARTS LIST

6-1. EXPLODED VIEWSNOTE:• -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may

have some differences from the original one.• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they

are seldom required for routine service. Somedelay should be anticipated when ordering theseitems.

• The mechanical parts with no reference numberin the exploded views are not supplied.

• AbbreviationCND : Canadian modelAUS : Australian modelCH : Chinese modelJE : Tourist modelEE : East Europian modelHK : Hong Kong model

The components identified by mark 0ordotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety.Replace only with part number specified.

Les composants identifiés par une marque0 sont critiques pour la sécurité.Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portantle numéro spécifié.

COVERCOVER

6-1-1. OVERALL SECTION

Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description

ns : not supplied

1510

10

10

11

1213

14

9

1

1

1

6

1

ns

MIC901

BT901

A

A

1

2

1

1

54

3

7

18

1

Cabinet (L) section-1, 2(See page 6-4, 6-5)

Cabinet (R) section(See page 6-2)

1 3-989-735-81 SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P22 X-3952-430-1 F PANEL ASSY (TRV50/TRV50E)2 X-3952-435-1 F PANEL ASSY (TRV40/TRV40E)3 X-3949-944-1 CAP (A) ASSY, LENS4 X-3952-294-1 COVER ASSY, JACK

5 3-074-489-01 ST COVER6 3-067-024-01 BRACKET (LOWER), STRAP7 X-3952-229-1 BT PANEL ASSY8 3-067-025-01 CPC LID

9 3-073-929-01 TOP CABINET10 4-974-725-01 SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P211 A-7078-135-A MA-408 BOARD, COMPLETE12 A-7078-136-A SE-124 BOARD, COMPLETE13 3-713-791-11 SCREW (M1.7X5), TAPPING, P2

14 3-713-791-51 SCREW (M1.7X3.5), TAPPING, P2BT901 1-694-772-11 TERMINAL BOARD, BATTERYMIC901 1-418-351-11 MICROPHONE UNIT

Page 142: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

6-2

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

6-1-2. CABINET (R) SECTION

A

D

B

C

D

SP901

ns

51

52

53

54

55

56

51

60 61

53

59

58

57

57

62

B

C

A

63

LCD section(See page 6-3)

: BT5201 (Lithium battery) CK-115 board on the mount position. (See page 4-77)

Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description

51 3-055-573-01 SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P252 A-7078-133-A CK-115 BOARD, COMPLETE53 3-713-791-51 SCREW (M1.7X3.5), TAPPING, P254 1-684-315-11 FP-456 FLEXIBLE BOARD55 3-074-072-01 FRAME BOTTOM

56 3-055-257-01 TRIPOD (LARGE)57 3-713-791-11 SCREW (M1.7X5), TAPPING, P258 1-477-179-11 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (KP-2890)

59 X-3952-463-1 RETAINER ASSY, SPEAKER60 X-3952-429-1 CABINET (R) ASSY (TRV50/TRV50E)60 X-3952-433-1 CABINET (R) ASSY (TRV40/TRV40E)61 3-959-978-02 CUSHION, PANEL62 1-477-182-21 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (KY-2890)

63 3-075-198-01 SP INSULATING SHEETSP901 1-529-590-11 SPEAKER (2.0CM)

CAUTION :Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.Replace only with the same or equivalent type.

ns : not supplied

Page 143: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

6-3

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

6-1-3. LCD SECTION

PD-165

LCD902

ND901

TA901

LCD901

ns

101

101

101

106

101

119

103

117

116

115

118104

105106

107

108

106

102

120

114

113

111

110

109

112

B

C

A

A

C

B

Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description

101 3-989-735-81 SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2102 X-3952-325-1 P CABINET (C) ASSY (TRV50/TRV50E)102 X-3952-436-1 P CABINET (C) ASSY (TRV40/TRV40E)

0103 1-477-187-11 TRANSFORMER UNIT, INVERTER104 3-055-289-01 HOLDER, LCD

105 A-7078-134-A PD-165 BOARD, COMPLETE106 4-974-725-01 SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2107 1-961-642-11 HARNESS (PC-121)108 1-961-643-11 HARNESS (PC-122)109 3-074-073-01 COVER (FRONT), HINGE

110 X-3952-326-1 HINGE ASSY111 1-684-320-21 FP-461 FLEXIBLE BOARD112 3-074-074-01 COVER (REAR), HINGE113 3-074-077-01 CUSHION (C)

114 3-074-081-01 PLATE (P), GROUND115 3-074-075-01 P CABINET (M)116 3-074-078-01 CUSHION (L)117 3-074-076-01 BUTTON, PANEL OPEN118 3-074-080-01 SPRING (P), TORSION COIL

119 X-3952-327-1 P FRAME ASSY120 3-073-940-11 P ORNAMENTAL PLATE (TRV50E)120 3-073-940-21 P ORNAMENTAL PLATE (TRV50)120 3-073-940-31 P ORNAMENTAL PLATE (TRV40E)120 3-073-940-41 P ORNAMENTAL PLATE (TRV40)

LCD901 1-804-599-21 INDICATOR MODULE LIQUID CRYSTLCD902 A-7096-726-A INDICATION LCD BLOCK ASSY

0ND901 1-518-797-11 TUBE, FLUORESCENT,COLD CATHODETA901 1-477-189-11 PANEL, TOUCH

Note :The components identified bymark 0 or dotted line with mark0 are critical for safety.Replace only with part numberspecified.

Note :Les composants identifiés parune marque 0 sont critiquespour la sécurité.Ne les remplacer que par unepièce portant le numéro spécifié.

ns : not supplied

Page 144: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

6-4

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

6-1-4. CABINET (L) SECTION-1

VC-

283

DD-

176

A

E

B

C

D

157

164

A

CB

D

F

J

JK

E

F

I

J

J

157

G

H

G

H

ns

(TRV50/TRV50E)

(TRV50/TRV50E)

ns

ns

ns

ns

151

152

153154

154

158

154

159

155

161

154

160

162

154

156

163

154

165

166

167168

169

171

173

172

154

K

170

I

Cabinet (L) section-2(See page 6-5)

Lens section(See page 6-7)

EVF section(See page 6-6)

Mechanism deck(See page 6-8 to 6-10)

Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description

151 1-684-316-11 FP-457 FLEXIBLE BOARD (TRV50/TRV50E)152 3-713-791-51 SCREW (M1.7X3.5), TAPPING, P2153 3-073-939-01 ZOOM COVER154 4-974-725-01 SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2155 A-7095-053-A VC-283 (N) BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE)

(TRV50)

155 A-7095-107-A VC-283 (P) BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE)(TRV50E)

155 A-7095-108-A VC-283 (N8) BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE)(TRV40)

155 A-7095-109-A VC-283 (P8) BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE)(TRV40E)

156 X-3952-322-1 MD FRAME ASSY157 3-713-791-11 SCREW (M1.7X5), TAPPING, P2

158 3-059-722-01 COVER, CASSETTE COMPARTMENT159 3-075-390-01 MY SHEET160 3-059-718-01 SCREW (M1.4X1.5)161 3-073-927-01 BASE, SHOE162 1-815-124-11 CONNECTOR, EXTERNAL (HOT SHOE)

163 1-684-318-11 FP-459 FLEXIBLE BOARD164 A-7078-114-A DD-176 BOARD, COMPLETE165 3-073-932-01 DD HEAT SINK166 3-073-930-01 NT FRAME (TRV50/TRV50E)167 A-7067-302-A BT-003 BOARD (TRV50/TRV50E)

168 X-3951-819-1 CASE ASSY, BT SHIELD (TRV50/TRV50E)169 3-389-523-22 SCREW (LOCK ACE) (TRV50/TRV50E)170 3-059-725-01 LABEL, LS171 3-074-455-01 DD INSULATING SHEET

ns : not supplied

Page 145: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

6-5

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

6-1-5. CABINET (L) SECTION-2

201202

203

203

204

ns

nsns

ns

A

A

B

B

C

E

E

C

D

D

203

222

203

210

206

203

209203

208207

211

212226

213

203

214

223

216

217

203224

225

206

215

206 205

218 219

220

221

Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description

201 3-989-735-81 SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2202 3-073-457-01 COVER, GRIP203 3-713-791-11 SCREW (M1.7X5), TAPPING, P2204 3-713-791-51 SCREW (M1.7X3.5), TAPPING, P2205 1-684-319-21 FP-460 FLEXIBLE BOARD

206 4-974-725-01 SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2207 X-3952-238-1 CS FRAME ASSY208 3-073-456-01 EJECT KNOB209 3-073-928-01 L SHEET210 1-477-181-11 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (PS-2890)

211 X-3952-237-1 LOCK ASSY, GRIP212 1-816-271-11 CONNECTOR, MEMORY STICK 10P

* 213 3-055-189-01 FOOT (A)214 3-061-550-01 BELT, GRIP (TRV40/TRV40E)214 3-074-145-01 BELT, GRIP (TRV50/TRV50E)

215 3-073-686-01 SCREW (M2X2.5)

216 X-3952-431-1 CABINET L ASSY (TRV50E)216 X-3952-432-1 CABINET L ASSY (TRV50)216 X-3952-434-1 CABINET L ASSY (TRV40)216 X-3952-437-1 CABINET (L) ASSY (TRV40E)217 1-477-180-11 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (FK-2890)

218 3-074-488-01 ST CABINET (LOWER)219 X-3952-296-1 HINGE ASSY, ST220 3-074-487-01 ST CABINET (UPPER)221 3-052-245-01 BOLT (M1.4)

0222 1-477-188-11 FLASH UNIT

223 3-073-502-21 SHEET, POWER (TRV50/TRV50E)223 3-073-502-31 SHEET, POWER (TRV40/TRV40E)224 3-075-388-01 DM SHEET225 3-075-389-01 DP SHEET226 3-989-735-91 SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2

Note :The components identified bymark 0 or dotted line with mark0 are critical for safety.Replace only with part numberspecified.

Note :Les composants identifiés parune marque 0 sont critiquespour la sécurité.Ne les remplacer que par unepièce portant le numéro spécifié.

ns : not supplied

Page 146: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

6-6

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

6-1-6. EVF SECTION

252

255

256

265 257258

259

261 262

264

263

253

254

251

266

LCD903

ns

253

Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description

251 4-974-725-01 SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2252 3-073-454-01 SHEET, VF FLEXIBLE RETAINER253 3-713-791-31 SCREW (M1.7X6), TAPPING, P2254 X-3952-234-1 VF BASE ASSY255 1-684-317-11 FP-458 FLEXIBLE BOARD

256 A-7078-132-A LB-078 BOARD, COMPLETE257 3-072-214-01 GUIDE (20), LAMP258 3-072-211-01 ILLUMINATOR

259 3-072-210-01 SHEET, PRISM261 3-059-734-01 CUSHION (1), LCD262 X-3952-236-1 VF CABINET (LOWER) ASSY263 X-3951-453-1 LENS ASSY, VF264 X-3952-235-1 VF CABINET (UPPER) ASSY

265 3-069-000-01 SHEET, VF ELECTROSTATIC266 3-074-434-01 COLOR VF LABEL (PR)LCD903 8-753-028-54 LCX033AN-1

ns : not supplied

Page 147: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

6-7

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

6-1-7. LENS SECTION

ns

306

302

302

304302

302

305

302

311

301

303

307

308

309

310IC7301

A

A

(TRV50/TRV50E)

Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description

301 1-754-236-11 ANTENNA (2.4GHZ) (TRV50/TRV50E)302 4-974-725-01 SCREW (M1.7), LOCK ACE, P2303 3-713-791-51 SCREW (M1.7X3.5), TAPPING, P2304 A-7078-131-A JK-219 BOARD, COMPLETE (TRV50/TRV50E)304 A-7078-191-A JK-219 (N8) BOARD, COMPLETE

(TRV40/TRV40E)

305 3-074-063-01 FRAME, LENS306 8-848-760-01 DEVICE, LENS LSV-690C

307 1-758-569-11 FILTER BLOCK, OPTICAL308 3-053-973-01 RUBBER (W), SEAL309 A-7078-130-A CD-381 (N) BOARD, COMPLETE (TRV40/TRV50)309 A-7078-189-A CD-381 (P) BOARD, COMPLETE

(TRV40E/TRV50E)310 3-713-791-11 SCREW (M1.7X5), TAPPING, P2

311 X-3952-323-1 CD HEAT SINK ASSYIC7301 A-7095-087-A CCD BLOCK ASSY (CCD IMAGER)

Be sure to read “Precautions upon replacing CCD imager”on page 4-11 when changing the CCD imager.

ns : not supplied

Page 148: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

6-8

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

6-1-8. CASSETTE COMPARTMENT ASSY, DRUM ASSY

703

704

M901

705

706701

708

701

707

701

702

708

710

709

713

711

711

712

LS chassis block assembly(See page 6-9)

Mechanism chassis block assembly(See page 6-10)

Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description

701 3-703-816-14 SCREW (M1.4)702 X-3952-017-3 CASSETTE COMPARTMENT ASSY703 3-059-082-01 SPRING, TENSION

(CASSETTE COMPARTMENT S)704 3-059-208-01 SPRING (CASSETTE COMPARTMENT T)705 X-3950-370-3 DAMPER ASSY

706 3-059-101-03 RETAINER, LS GUIDE

707 7-624-102-04 STOP RING 1.5, TYPE -E709 X-3950-364-1 GEAR ASSY, GOOSENECK710 X-3950-366-1 TABLE ASSY, T REEL711 3-075-097-01 SCREW (M1.4X1.4), SPECIAL HEAD712 3-059-093-01 RETAINER, LED

713 X-3950-361-1 PLATE ASSY, RETAINERM901 A-7048-940-A DRUM (DEH-18A-R)

Page 149: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

6-9

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

6-1-9. LS CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY

753

754

755

756

757758

760759

761762

763

764765

766

D901

Q901

770

767

768769

S903

Q902H901

H902

nsns

ns

ns

752

751

FP-102

Note: FP-102 is included in the LS sub assy and is attached to chassis by hot-press. Because installation of FP-102 requires a very high accuracy, FP-102 is not supplied as an independent service parts.

Note

Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description

751 3-059-173-01 PLATE, LS CAM752 3-075-097-01 SCREW (M1.4X1.4), SPECIAL HEAD753 X-3950-371-1 ARM ASSY, BRAKE (S) DRIVING754 3-059-166-01 BRAKE (S)755 3-059-146-01 POSITIONING (S), CASSETTE

756 3-059-167-01 SPRING (BRAKE S), TENSION COIL757 3-059-169-01 SPRING (BRAKE S ARM), TORSION758 3-703-816-14 SCREW (M1.4)759 3-059-090-01 SCREW (M1.4X2.5), SPECIAL HEAD

* 760 X-3950-358-4 TG1 ASSY

761 3-059-156-01 SPRING (TENSION REGULATOR)762 X-3950-365-2 TABLE ASSY, S REEL763 A-7094-819-A TG7 BLOCK ASSY

764 3-059-165-01 SPRING (TG7 RETURN), TORSION765 X-3950-359-1 ARM ASSY, PINCH766 3-059-161-01 SPRING (PINCH RETURN), TORSION767 3-059-170-01 BRAKE (T)768 3-059-171-01 GEAR (T), BRAKE

769 3-059-172-01 SPRING (T), BRAKE770 A-7094-816-B LS BLOCK ASSYD901 8-719-078-71 DIODE LA57A, SO (TAPE LED)H901 8-719-067-74 ELEMENT, HOLE HW-105A-CDE-T (S REEL)H902 8-719-067-74 ELEMENT, HOLE HW-105A-CDE-T (T REEL)

Q901 8-729-028-71 TRANSISTOR PN166, SO (TAPE END)Q902 8-729-028-71 TRANSISTOR PN166, SO (TAPE TOP)S903 1-572-288-11 SWITCH, PUSH (C.C.DOWN)

ns : not supplied

Page 150: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

6-10

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

6-1-10. MECHANICAL CHASSIS BLOCK ASSEMBLY

801

802

803

804

806

829

805

807

808

M903

812

811

813 820

815

824

807

815

826

815

827

828

815

825

818

819

817

815

822

814

810

809

815816

830

ns

821 823

ns

M902 (Including belt)

Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description

801 3-059-211-01 GEAR, CONVERSION802 3-059-220-01 GEAR, RELAY803 3-059-187-01 SHAFT, WORM804 3-059-186-03 HOLDER, MOTOR805 3-060-002-01 ROLLER, LS GUIDE

806 3-059-189-01 GEAR (A), CAM807 3-704-197-21 SCREW (M1.4X2.5), SPECIAL HEAD808 3-059-225-01 SHIELD, MOTOR808 3-704-197-21 SCREW (M1.4X2.5), SPECIAL HEAD809 3-059-191-01 ROLLER, LS

810 3-059-190-01 ARM, LS811 1-677-049-11 FP-228 FLEXIBLE BOARD (DEW SENSOR)812 1-677-084-11 FP-100 FLEXIBLE BOARD (YAW SENSOR)813 3-059-149-01 SLIDER, TG1 CAM814 3-059-148-01 ARM, TG1 DRIVING

815 3-703-816-14 SCREW (M1.4)816 3-059-117-01 COVER (A), GEAR

817 X-3950-367-1 GEAR ASSY, MODE818 3-059-139-01 GEAR, GL DRIVING819 3-059-188-01 GEAR, DECELERATION820 A-7094-818-A COASTER (S) BLOCK ASSY821 A-7094-817-A COASTER (T) BLOCK ASSY

822 3-059-126-01 RAIL, GUIDE823 3-962-914-01 SCREW (M1.4X2)824 A-7094-822-A DRUM BASE BLOCK ASSY825 3-059-118-01 COVER (B), GEAR826 3-059-083-01 COVER (C), GEAR

827 X-3950-368-1 ARM ASSY, PINCH DRIVING828 3-059-192-01 GEAR (B), CAM829 3-063-355-01 ROLLER (S1), LS GUIDE830 3-065-202-01 SUPPORT, TG7M902 8-835-685-01 MOTOR, DC SCD18A/C-NP

(INCLUDING BELT) (CAPSTAN)

M903 A-7094-823-A MOTOR BLOCK ASSY, L

ns : not supplied

Page 151: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

6-11

Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

6-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LISTNOTE:• Due to standardization, replacements in the

parts list may be different from the partsspecified in the diagrams or the componentsused on the set.

• -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they mayhave some difference from the original one.

• Items marked “*” are not stocked since theyare seldom required for routine service. Somedelay should be anticipated when ordering theseitems.

• CAPACITORS:uF: µF

• COILSuH: µH

• RESISTORSAll resistors are in ohms.METAL: metal-film resistorMETAL OXIDE: Metal Oxide-film resistorF: nonflammable

• SEMICONDUCTORSIn each case, u: µ, for example:uA...: µA... , uPA... , µPA... ,uPB... , µPB... , uPC... , µPC... ,uPD..., µPD...

• AbbreviationCND : Canadian modelAUS : Australian modelCH : Chinese model

When indicating parts by reference number,please include the board name.

The components identified by mark 0 ordotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety.Replace only with part number specified.

Les composants identifiés par une marque0 sont critiques pour la sécurité.Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portantle numéro spécifié.

JE : Tourist modelEE : East Europian modelHK : Hong Kong model

BT-003

A-7067-302-A BT-003 BOARD, COMPLETE (TRV50,TRV50E)************************************

(The parts on the BT-003 board are not supplied and not replaced.The completed mounted board of the BT-003 board is supplied.)

************************************************************

A-7078-130-A CD-381 (N) BOARD, COMPLETE (TRV40/TRV50)**************************************

A-7078-189-A CD-381 (P) BOARD, COMPLETE(TRV40E/TRV50E)

**************************************(IC7301 is not included in this complte board.)

< CAPACITOR >

C7302 1-115-340-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 25VC7304 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC7305 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC7306 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC7307 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V

C7308 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16VC7309 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16VC7311 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC7312 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC7313 1-113-987-11 TANTAL. CHIP 4.7uF 20% 25V

C7314 1-104-851-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 10VC7315 1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16VC7316 1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16VC7317 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC7318 1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V

C7319 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3VC7320 1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16VC7321 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3VC7326 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 6.3V

< CONNECTOR >

CN7301 1-815-438-11 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 40P

< FERRITE BEAD >

FB7301 1-414-445-11 FERRITE 0uHFB7302 1-414-445-11 FERRITE 0uH

< IC >

IC7301 A-7095-087-A CCD BLOCK ASSY (CCD IMAGER)IC7302 6-702-059-01 IC VSP2220PWR

< COIL >

L7301 1-469-528-91 INDUCTOR 100uHL7302 1-414-771-91 INDUCTOR 10uHL7303 1-414-771-91 INDUCTOR 10uH

< TRANSISTOR >

Q7301 8-729-037-74 TRANSISTOR UN9213J-(K8).SOQ7302 8-725-055-21 TRANSISTOR 2SC5096-O/R(TE85L)Q7303 8-725-055-21 TRANSISTOR 2SC5096-O/R(TE85L)

< RESISTOR >

R7302 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0R7304 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16WR7305 1-218-966-11 RES-CHIP 12K 5% 1/16WR7307 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16WR7309 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W

R7310 1-218-966-11 RES-CHIP 12K 5% 1/16WR7311 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16WR7312 1-218-954-11 RES-CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/16WR7313 1-218-954-11 RES-CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/16WR7314 1-218-975-11 RES-CHIP 68K 5% 1/16W

R7315 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0R7316 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0R7319 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0R7320 1-216-295-91 SHORT 0

************************************************************

A-7078-133-A CK-115 BOARD, COMPLETE**********************

< BATTERY >

BT5201 1-756-128-11 BATTERY, LITHIUM (SECONDARY)

< CAPACITOR >

C5204 1-135-957-91 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 16V

< CONNECTOR >

CN5201 1-794-505-21 CONNECTOR, FPC (ZIF) 51PCN5202 1-691-344-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 6PCN5203 1-691-348-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 10PCN5204 1-691-346-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 8PCN5205 1-778-506-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 2P

CN5206 1-816-463-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 10PCN5207 1-794-997-11 PIN, CONNECTOR 20P

CD-381 CK-115

Be sure to read “Precautions upon replacing CCD imager”on page 4-11 when changing the CCD imager.

CAUTION :Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.Replace only with the same or equivalent type.

Page 152: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

6-12

Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

< DIODE >

D5201 8-719-062-16 DIODE 01ZA8.2(TPL3)D5202 8-719-062-16 DIODE 01ZA8.2(TPL3)D5203 8-719-062-16 DIODE 01ZA8.2(TPL3)D5204 8-719-073-03 DIODE MA8082-(K8).S0D5205 8-719-062-16 DIODE 01ZA8.2(TPL3)

< RESISTOR >

R5201 1-216-295-91 SHORT 0R5202 1-216-295-91 SHORT 0R5203 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16WR5204 1-218-949-11 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/16WR5205 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0

< SWITCH >

S5201 1-762-805-21 SWITCH, PUSH (1 KEY) (PANEL OPEN/CLOSE)S5202 1-771-138-82 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (RESET)

************************************************************

A-7078-114-A DD-176 BOARD, COMPLETE**********************

< CAPACITOR >

C4501 1-107-819-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 16VC4504 1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16VC4506 1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50VC4507 1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50VC4508 1-107-819-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 16V

C4509 1-164-941-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 16VC4510 1-107-819-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 16VC4511 1-164-941-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 16VC4512 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC4514 1-164-941-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 16V

C4515 1-119-923-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 10VC4517 1-164-874-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50VC4518 1-119-923-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 10VC4519 1-119-923-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 10VC4520 1-104-913-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 16V

C4521 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC4522 1-104-913-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 16VC4523 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16VC4524 1-104-913-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 16VC4525 1-119-751-11 TANTAL. CHIP 22uF 20% 16V

C4526 1-119-923-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 10VC4527 1-119-751-11 TANTAL. CHIP 22uF 20% 16VC4528 1-119-923-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 10VC4529 1-165-646-91 CERAMIC 3.3uF 10% 10VC4530 1-165-646-91 CERAMIC 3.3uF 10% 10V

C4531 1-165-646-91 CERAMIC 3.3uF 10% 10VC4532 1-165-646-91 CERAMIC 3.3uF 10% 10VC4535 1-165-646-91 CERAMIC 3.3uF 10% 10VC4536 1-165-646-91 CERAMIC 3.3uF 10% 10VC4537 1-165-646-91 CERAMIC 3.3uF 10% 10V

C4538 1-165-646-91 CERAMIC 3.3uF 10% 10VC4539 1-109-982-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10VC4540 1-109-982-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10VC4541 1-127-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7uF 10% 6.3VC4542 1-127-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7uF 10% 6.3V

C4545 1-127-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7uF 10% 6.3VC4546 1-127-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7uF 10% 6.3VC4547 1-127-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7uF 10% 6.3VC4548 1-127-861-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2uF 10% 16VC4549 1-127-861-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2uF 10% 16V

C4550 1-127-760-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7uF 10% 6.3VC4551 1-104-851-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 10VC4553 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3VC4554 1-135-201-11 TANTALUM CHIP 10uF 20% 4VC4555 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V

C4556 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3VC4557 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3VC4558 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3VC4559 1-104-851-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 10VC4560 1-104-851-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 10V

C4561 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3VC4562 1-104-851-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 10VC4563 1-104-913-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 16VC4564 1-104-851-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 10VC4565 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V

C4566 1-104-851-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 10VC4567 1-164-506-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7uF 16VC4568 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3VC4602 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC4603 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V

< CONNECTOR >

* CN4501 1-580-789-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (SMD) 6PCN4601 1-816-464-11 CONNECTOR BOAR TO BOARD 100PCN4602 1-793-299-21 CONNECTOR, FPC (ZIF) 33PCN4603 1-784-420-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 21PCN4604 1-691-384-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 20P

< DIODE >

D4501 8-719-027-76 DIODE 1SS357-TPH3D4502 8-719-062-16 DIODE 01ZA8.2(TPL3)D4503 8-719-027-76 DIODE 1SS357-TPH3D4504 8-719-058-24 DIODE RB501V-40TE-17D4505 8-719-058-24 DIODE RB501V-40TE-17

D4601 8-719-062-16 DIODE 01ZA8.2(TPL3)D4602 8-719-062-16 DIODE 01ZA8.2(TPL3)D4603 8-719-062-16 DIODE 01ZA8.2(TPL3)D4604 8-719-062-16 DIODE 01ZA8.2(TPL3)D4605 8-719-056-85 DIODE UDZSTE-178.2B

< FUSE >

0F4501 1-576-406-21 FUSE, MICRO (1.4A/32V) (1608)0F4502 1-576-406-21 FUSE, MICRO (1.4A/32V) (1608)0F4503 1-576-406-21 FUSE, MICRO (1.4A/32V) (1608)0F4504 1-576-406-21 FUSE, MICRO (1.4A/32V) (1608)0F4505 1-576-406-21 FUSE, MICRO (1.4A/32V) (1608)

0F4506 1-576-406-21 FUSE, MICRO (1.4A/32V) (1608)0F4507 1-576-406-21 FUSE, MICRO (1.4A/32V) (1608)0F4508 1-576-406-21 FUSE, MICRO (1.4A/32V) (1608)

< IC >

IC4501 6-702-202-01 IC MB4499PFV-G-BND-ER-E1

Note :The components identified bymark 0 or dotted line with mark0 are critical for safety.Replace only with part numberspecified.

Note :Les composants identifiés parune marque 0 sont critiquespour la sécurité.Ne les remplacer que par unepièce portant le numéro spécifié.

CK-115 DD-176

Page 153: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

6-13

Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

< COIL >

L4501 1-419-354-21 INDUCTOR 22uHL4502 1-419-354-21 INDUCTOR 22uHL4503 1-419-354-21 INDUCTOR 22uHL4504 1-416-670-11 INDUCTOR 33uHL4507 1-416-668-41 INDUCTOR 10uH

L4508 1-419-354-21 INDUCTOR 22uHL4509 1-419-354-21 INDUCTOR 22uHL4510 1-419-354-21 INDUCTOR 22uHL4511 1-469-549-21 INDUCTOR 1uHL4513 1-469-549-21 INDUCTOR 1uH

L4514 1-469-549-21 INDUCTOR 1uHL4515 1-469-549-21 INDUCTOR 1uHL4516 1-469-549-21 INDUCTOR 1uHL4517 1-469-549-21 INDUCTOR 1uHL4518 1-469-549-21 INDUCTOR 1uH

L4519 1-469-549-21 INDUCTOR 1uHL4520 1-414-770-91 INDUCTOR 4.7uHL4521 1-414-770-91 INDUCTOR 4.7uHL4522 1-469-549-21 INDUCTOR 1uHL4523 1-469-549-21 INDUCTOR 1uH

L4524 1-469-549-21 INDUCTOR 1uHL4525 1-469-549-21 INDUCTOR 1uHL4526 1-469-549-21 INDUCTOR 1uHL4528 1-414-770-91 INDUCTOR 4.7uH

< LINE FILTER >

LF4501 1-411-957-11 FILTER, COMMON MODE

< TRANSISTOR >

Q4501 8-729-047-68 TRANSISTOR SSM3K03FE(TPL3)Q4502 8-729-056-54 TRANSISTOR TPCS8302(TE12L)Q4503 8-729-043-60 TRANSISTOR CPH6102-TL-EQ4504 8-729-042-29 TRANSISTOR RN1104F(TPL3)Q4505 8-729-037-74 TRANSISTOR UN9213J-(K8).SO

Q4506 8-729-042-29 TRANSISTOR RN1104F(TPL3)Q4507 8-729-037-61 TRANSISTOR RN2104F(TPL3)Q4508 8-729-037-61 TRANSISTOR RN2104F(TPL3)Q4509 8-729-055-99 TRANSISTOR MCH3309-TLQ4510 8-729-055-99 TRANSISTOR MCH3309-TL

Q4513 8-729-055-99 TRANSISTOR MCH3309-TLQ4514 8-729-055-99 TRANSISTOR MCH3309-TLQ4515 8-729-055-99 TRANSISTOR MCH3309-TLQ4516 8-729-056-00 TRANSISTOR MCH3310-TL-EQ4517 8-729-055-99 TRANSISTOR MCH3309-TL

Q4518 8-729-023-89 TRANSISTOR 2SJ305(TE85L)Q4519 8-729-023-89 TRANSISTOR 2SJ305(TE85L)Q4520 8-729-056-01 TRANSISTOR MCH3405-TL-EQ4521 8-729-056-02 TRANSISTOR MCH5804-TL-EQ4522 8-729-056-02 TRANSISTOR MCH5804-TL-E

Q4525 8-729-056-02 TRANSISTOR MCH5804-TL-EQ4526 8-729-056-02 TRANSISTOR MCH5804-TL-EQ4527 8-729-056-02 TRANSISTOR MCH5804-TL-EQ4528 8-729-056-02 TRANSISTOR MCH5804-TL-EQ4529 8-729-056-54 TRANSISTOR TPCS8302(TE12L)

Q4530 8-729-037-53 TRANSISTOR 2SA1832F-Y/GR(TPL3)Q4531 8-729-053-52 TRANSISTOR N1C01FE-Y/GR(TPLR3)

< RESISTOR >

R4501 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16WR4502 1-218-977-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/16WR4505 1-218-989-11 RES-CHIP 1M 5% 1/16WR4506 1-208-691-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.5% 1/16WR4508 1-208-699-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/16W

R4509 1-218-878-11 METAL CHIP 20K 0.5% 1/16WR4511 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16WR4513 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16WR4514 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16WR4515 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W

R4516 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16WR4517 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16WR4518 1-218-969-11 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/16WR4519 1-216-009-91 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/10WR4521 1-216-009-91 RES-CHIP 22 5% 1/10W

R4522 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16WR4523 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16WR4528 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/16WR4529 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16WR4530 1-208-715-11 METAL CHIP 22K 0.5% 1/16W

R4531 1-218-864-11 METAL CHIP 5.1K 0.5% 1/16WR4532 1-208-691-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.5% 1/16WR4533 1-218-968-11 RES-CHIP 18K 5% 1/16WR4535 1-218-969-11 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/16WR4536 1-218-979-11 RES-CHIP 150K 5% 1/16W

R4554 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/16WR4555 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/16WR4556 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16WR4557 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16WR4558 1-218-989-11 RES-CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W

R4559 1-218-989-11 RES-CHIP 1M 5% 1/16WR4561 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16WR4562 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16WR4567 1-218-977-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/16WR4568 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W

R4569 1-208-699-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/16WR4570 1-208-711-11 METAL CHIP 15K 0.5% 1/16WR4571 1-208-909-11 METAL CHIP 8.2K 0.5% 1/16WR4601 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0R4602 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0

R4603 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0R4604 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0R4605 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0

************************************************************

A-7078-131-A JK-219 BOARD, COMPLETE (TRV50/TRV50E)************************************

A-7078-191-A JK-219 (N8) BOARD, COMPLETE(TRV40/TRV40E)

**************************************

< CAPACITOR >

C5353 1-104-847-11 TANTAL. CHIP 22uF 20% 4VC5354 1-104-847-11 TANTAL. CHIP 22uF 20% 4VC5355 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC5356 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC5357 1-119-923-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 10V

DD-176 JK-219

Page 154: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

6-14

Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

C5358 1-119-923-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 10VC5359 1-119-923-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 10VC5360 1-119-923-81 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 10VC5361 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3VC5362 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V

C5363 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3VC5364 1-137-710-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3VC5366 1-104-847-11 TANTAL. CHIP 22uF 20% 4VC5367 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V

< CONNECTOR >

CN5301 1-785-828-11 CONNECTOR, SQUARE TYPE 4P (DV IN/OUT)CN5302 1-794-962-11 CONNECTOR, SQUARE TYPE(USB 5P) (USB)CN5303 1-779-520-11 CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 80P

< DIODE >

D5301 8-719-062-16 DIODE 01ZA8.2(TPL3)D5303 8-719-070-93 DIODE TLAU1008(T05,SOY)D5304 6-500-003-01 DIODE CL-270HB-X-TS (TRV50/TRV50E)

< FERRITE BEAD >

FB5301 1-500-444-11 FERRITE 0uHFB5302 1-500-444-11 FERRITE 0uHFB5303 1-500-444-11 FERRITE 0uHFB5304 1-500-444-11 FERRITE 0uHFB5351 1-469-179-21 FERRITE 0uH

FB5352 1-469-179-21 FERRITE 0uHFB5353 1-469-179-21 FERRITE 0uHFB5354 1-469-179-21 FERRITE 0uH

< IC >

IC5351 8-759-489-19 IC uPC6756GR-8JG-E2

< JACK >

J5301 1-569-950-41 JACK (SMALL TYPE) (HEADPHONES)J5302 1-778-518-11 CONNECTOR, EXTERNAL (S VIDEO)J5303 1-778-040-11 JACK, SMALL TYPE (AUDIO/VIDEO)

< COIL >

L5351 1-414-771-91 INDUCTOR 10uH

< LINE FILTER >

LF5303 1-419-983-21 INDUCTOR 0uH

< TRANSISTOR >

Q5301 8-729-037-72 TRANSISTOR UN9211J-(K8).SOQ5302 8-729-037-74 TRANSISTOR UN9213J-(K8).SO

(TRV50/TRV50E)

< RESISTOR >

R5301 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16WR5302 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16WR5303 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16WR5304 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16WR5305 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W

R5306 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16WR5307 1-218-950-11 RES-CHIP 560 5% 1/16WR5308 1-218-954-11 RES-CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/16WR5309 1-218-945-11 RES-CHIP 220 5% 1/16W

(TRV50/TRV50E)R5311 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W

R5312 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16WR5313 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16WR5314 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16WR5315 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16WR5355 1-216-295-91 SHORT 0

R5356 1-218-969-11 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/16WR5357 1-218-969-11 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/16WR5358 1-218-969-11 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/16WR5359 1-218-969-11 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/16WR5360 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W

R5361 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16WR5362 1-218-989-11 RES-CHIP 1M 5% 1/16WR5364 1-218-989-11 RES-CHIP 1M 5% 1/16WR5365 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W

< SWITCH >

S5301 1-771-138-82 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (FLASH)S5302 1-771-138-82 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (SUPER NIGHTSHOT)

< SENSOR >

SE5351 1-418-682-41 SENSOR, ANGULAR VELOCITY (PITCH)SE5352 1-418-682-21 SENSOR, ANGULAR VELOCITY (YAW)

< VARISTOR >

VDR531 1-801-862-11 VARISTOR, CHIPVDR532 1-801-862-11 VARISTOR, CHIPVDR533 1-801-862-11 VARISTOR, CHIPVDR534 1-803-742-21 VARISTOR, CHIPVDR535 1-803-742-21 VARISTOR, CHIP

VDR536 1-801-862-11 VARISTOR, CHIPVDR537 1-801-862-11 VARISTOR, CHIPVDR538 1-801-862-11 VARISTOR, CHIPVDR539 1-803-742-21 VARISTOR, CHIP

************************************************************

A-7078-132-A LB-078 BOARD, COMPLETE**********************

< CAPACITOR >

C6101 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC6102 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2uF 16V

< CONNECTOR >

CN6101 1-691-358-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 20PCN6102 1-691-354-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 16P

< DIODE >

D6102 8-719-082-33 DIODE NSCW100-T39

< IC >

IC6101 8-759-581-11 IC NJM2125F(TE2)

JK-219 LB-078

Page 155: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

6-15

Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

< TRANSISTOR >

Q6101 8-729-054-48 TRANSISTOR RN4983FE(TPLR3)Q6102 8-729-054-48 TRANSISTOR N1B04FE-Y/GR(TPLR3)

< RESISTOR >

R6102 1-208-941-11 METAL CHIP 180K 0.5% 1/16WR6103 1-208-719-11 METAL CHIP 33K 0.5% 1/16WR6104 1-218-959-11 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/16WR6106 1-211-977-11 METAL CHIP 22 0.5% 1/10W

< THERMISTOR >

TH6101 1-810-811-11 THERMISTOR, NTC (1608)************************************************************

A-7078-135-A MA-408 BOARD, COMPLETE***********************

1-804-531-11 LASER UNIT

< CAPACITOR >

C5902 1-107-819-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 16VC5903 1-107-819-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 16VC5904 1-107-819-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 16VC5905 1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16VC5906 1-107-819-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 16V

C5907 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3VC5908 1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50VC5909 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3VC5910 1-164-874-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50VC5911 1-164-874-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V

C5912 1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50VC5914 1-164-874-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50VC5915 1-164-874-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50VC5917 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC5918 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V

C5919 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC5920 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 16VC5921 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC5922 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 16VC5923 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 25V

C5924 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 25VC5925 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25VC5926 1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16VC5927 1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16VC5928 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V

C5929 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3VC5930 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC5931 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 25VC5932 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3VC5933 1-165-128-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 16V

C5934 1-125-841-91 TANTAL. CHIP 22uF 20% 4VC5935 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC5936 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC5937 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC5938 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V

C5939 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3VC6201 1-164-939-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V

< CONNECTOR >

CN5901 1-816-232-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 4PCN5903 1-815-235-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 37PCN6201 1-691-346-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 8P

< DIODE >

D5902 8-719-067-44 DIODE CL-310IRS-X-TUD5903 8-719-067-44 DIODE CL-310IRS-X-TUD5904 8-719-016-74 DIODE 1SS352-TPH3D5905 8-719-061-82 DIODE TLSU1002(TPX1,SONY)D6204 8-719-062-16 DIODE 01ZA8.2(TPL3)

< FERRITE BEAD >

FB6201 1-500-444-11 FERRITE 0uHFB6203 1-500-444-11 FERRITE 0uHFB6204 1-500-444-11 FERRITE 0uHFB6205 1-500-444-11 FERRITE 0uHFB6206 1-500-444-11 FERRITE 0uH

< IC >

IC5901 8-759-638-50 IC AN2901FHQ-EBIC5902 8-759-581-11 IC NJM2125F(TE2)IC5903 8-742-221-00 HYB IC SBX3055-01

< JACK >

J6201 1-793-995-11 JACK, SUPER SMALL TYPE (LANC)J6202 1-691-737-41 JACK (SMALL TYPE) (MIC (PLUG IN POWER))

< COIL >

L5901 1-469-528-91 INDUCTOR 100uH

< TRANSISTOR >

Q5903 8-729-042-26 TRANSISTOR 2SB1462J-QR(K8).SOQ5906 8-729-048-77 TRANSISTOR XP4313-(TX).SOQ5909 8-729-049-92 TRANSISTOR 2SC5585H-T2LQ5910 8-729-037-76 TRANSISTOR UN9215J-(K8).SO

< RESISTOR >

R5901 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0R5902 1-218-968-11 RES-CHIP 18K 5% 1/16WR5903 1-218-971-11 RES-CHIP 33K 5% 1/16WR5904 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16WR5905 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W

R5906 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16WR5907 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16WR5908 1-218-963-11 RES-CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16WR5910 1-218-963-11 RES-CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16WR5912 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W

R5913 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16WR5915 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/16WR5916 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/16WR5918 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16WR5919 1-218-957-11 RES-CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W

R5921 1-208-910-11 RES-CHIP 9.1K 5% 1/16WR5922 1-208-910-11 RES-CHIP 9.1K 5% 1/16WR5923 1-208-910-11 RES-CHIP 9.1K 5% 1/16WR5924 1-208-910-11 RES-CHIP 9.1K 5% 1/16WR5925 1-218-964-11 RES-CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/16W

LB-078 MA-408

Page 156: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

6-16

Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

R5926 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0R5927 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0R5928 1-218-964-11 RES-CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/16WR5929 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16WR5931 1-218-967-11 RES-CHIP 15K 5% 1/16W

R5932 1-218-967-11 RES-CHIP 15K 5% 1/16WR5933 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16WR5934 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/16WR5937 1-218-971-11 RES-CHIP 33K 5% 1/16WR5940 1-218-954-11 RES-CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/16W

R5941 1-218-968-11 RES-CHIP 18K 5% 1/16WR5942 1-218-971-11 RES-CHIP 33K 5% 1/16WR5943 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16WR5944 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/16WR5945 1-208-912-11 METAL CHIP 11K 0.5% 1/16W

R5946 1-216-820-11 METAL CHIP 820 5% 1/16WR5947 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/16WR5948 1-208-701-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/16WR5950 1-208-912-11 METAL CHIP 11K 0.5% 1/16WR5951 1-218-937-11 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/16W

R5952 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16WR5953 1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/10WR5954 1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/10WR5956 1-218-959-11 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/16WR5957 1-218-939-11 RES-CHIP 68 5% 1/16W

R5958 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0R6207 1-216-813-11 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/16WR6208 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W

< VARISTOR >

VDR621 1-803-742-21 VARISTOR, CHIPVDR622 1-801-862-11 VARISTOR, CHIPVDR623 1-801-862-11 VARISTOR, CHIP

************************************************************

A-7078-134-A PD-165 BOARD, COMPLETE**********************

< CAPACITOR >

C5701 1-113-988-11 TANTAL. CHIP 68uF 20% 4VC5702 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC5703 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16VC5704 1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16VC5705 1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V

C5706 1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16VC5707 1-135-259-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3VC5708 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC5709 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC5710 1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V

C5711 1-107-687-11 TANTAL. CHIP 3.3uF 20% 20VC5712 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16VC5713 1-164-739-11 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF 5% 50VC5714 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC5715 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10V

C5716 1-104-851-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 10VC5717 1-164-357-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 5% 50VC5718 1-164-866-11 CERAMIC CHIP 47PF 5% 50VC5719 1-109-982-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10VC5720 1-109-982-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V

C5721 1-109-982-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10VC5722 1-113-994-11 TANTAL. CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16VC5723 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC5724 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC5726 1-107-682-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 16V

C5727 1-107-682-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 16VC5801 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC5802 1-127-985-91 TANTAL. CHIP 47uF 20% 16VC5803 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16VC5805 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V

C5806 1-125-777-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 10VC5807 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 6.3VC5808 1-119-750-11 TANTAL. CHIP 22uF 20% 6.3V

< CONNECTOR >

CN5701 1-750-344-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/EPC (ZIF) 24PCN5802 1-794-997-11 PIN, CONNECTOR 20P

* CN5803 1-778-155-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 7PCN5804 1-784-420-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 21PCN5805 1-785-554-21 CONNECTOR (5P), CARD EDGE

CN5806 1-816-463-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 10P

< DIODE >

D5701 8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TXD5702 8-719-084-46 DIODE 1SV288(TPH3)

< IC >

IC5701 8-752-102-40 IC CXA3592R-T4IC5702 8-759-833-18 IC CM7021L3-E2IC5801 8-759-573-02 IC BU9735K-E2

< COIL >

L5701 1-469-525-91 INDUCTOR 10uHL5702 1-414-771-91 INDUCTOR 10uHL5703 1-414-771-91 INDUCTOR 10uHL5704 1-414-771-91 INDUCTOR 10uHL5705 1-412-943-11 INDUCTOR 2.2uH

L5801 1-412-056-11 INDUCTOR 4.7uHL5802 1-414-757-11 INDUCTOR 100uH

< TRANSISTOR >

Q5701 8-729-037-52 TRANSISTOR 2SD2216J-QR(K8).SOQ5702 8-729-037-74 TRANSISTOR UN9213J-(K8).SOQ5801 8-729-042-72 TRANSISTOR UN9214J-(K8).SOQ5802 8-729-042-26 TRANSISTOR 2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO

< RESISTOR >

R5701 1-218-985-11 RES-CHIP 470K 5% 1/16WR5702 1-208-719-11 METAL CHIP 33K 0.5% 1/16WR5703 1-218-970-11 METAL CHIP 27K 0.5% 1/16WR5705 1-218-985-11 RES-CHIP 470K 5% 1/16WR5706 1-218-977-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W

R5707 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/16WR5708 1-218-958-11 RES-CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/16WR5709 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/16WR5710 1-218-975-11 RES-CHIP 68K 5% 1/16WR5711 1-218-969-11 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W

MA-408 PD-165

Page 157: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

6-17

Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

R5712 1-218-975-11 RES-CHIP 68K 5% 1/16WR5713 1-218-989-11 RES-CHIP 1M 5% 1/16WR5714 1-218-977-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/16WR5717 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16WR5719 1-218-942-11 RES-CHIP 120 5% 1/16W

R5721 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16WR5722 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16WR5727 1-218-974-11 RES-CHIP 56K 5% 1/16WR5732 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16WR5736 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16W

R5737 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16WR5801 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16WR5802 1-216-855-11 METAL CHIP 680K 5% 1/16WR5803 1-218-961-11 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16WR5804 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W

R5805 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W************************************************************

A-7078-136-A SE-124 BOARD, COMPLETE**********************

< PHOTO INTERRUPTER >

PH6301 8-749-016-83 IC GP1S092HCPIPH6302 8-749-016-83 IC GP1S092HCPI

************************************************************

A-7095-053-A VC-283 (N) BOARD, COMPLETE(SERVICE)(TRV50)

**************************************A-7095-107-A VC-283 (P) BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE)

(TRV50E)**************************************

A-7095-108-A VC-283 (N8) BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE)(TRV40)

**************************************A-7095-109-A VC-283 (P8) BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE)

(TRV40E)**************************************

************************************************************

PD-165 SE-124 VC-283

Electrical parts list of the VC-283 boardare not shown.Pages 6-18 to 6-25 are not shown.

Page 158: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

6-26E

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

Ref. No. Part No. Description Ref. No. Part No. Description

Note :The components identified bymark 0 or dotted line with mark0 are critical for safety.Replace only with part numberspecified.

Note :Les composants identifiés parune marque 0 sont critiquespour la sécurité.Ne les remplacer que par unepièce portant le numéro spécifié.

ACCESSORIES************

0 1-475-599-11 ADAPTOR, AC (AC-L10)(TRV40:E,HK,JE/TRV40E:AEP,EE,E,JE/TRV50/TRV50E)

0 1-475-599-71 ADAPTOR, AC (AC-L10) (TRV40:KR)0 1-475-599-81 ADAPTOR, AC (AC-L10) (TRV40E:CH)

1-475-950-21 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-811)0 1-569-007-11 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION 2P

(TRV40:JE/TRV40E:JE)

0 1-569-008-21 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION 2P(TRV40:E,HK/TRV40E:E/TRV50E:E,HK)

0 1-573-291-11 CONNECTOR, CONVERSION 21P(TRV40E:AEP,EE/TRV50E:AEP,UK,EE)

0 1-696-819-11 CORD, POWER (TRV50E:AUS)1-757-293-11 CORD, CONNECTION (USB 5P)

(TRV40/TRV40E:E,CH,JE/TRV50/TRV50E:E,HK,AUS)1-757-759-11 CORD, CONNECTION (USB) 5P

(TRV40E:AEP,EE/TRV50E:AEP,UK,EE)

1-765-080-11 CORD, CONNECTION (AV CABLE) (1.5m)0 1-769-608-11 CORD, POWER

(TRV40:E/TRV40E:AEP,EE,E/TRV50:E/TRV50E:AEP,EE,E)0 1-776-985-11 CORD, POWER (TRV40:KR)0 1-782-476-11 CORD, POWER (TRV40E:CH)0 1-783-374-11 CORD, POWER (TRV40:HK/TRV50E:UK,HK)

0 1-790-107-22 CORD, POWER (TRV50:US,CND)0 1-790-732-11 CORD, POWER (TRV40:JE/TRV40E:JE)

3-053-056-01 LID, BATTERY CASE (FOR RMT-811)3-063-515-01 HOOD, LENS3-072-414-01 SPVD-008 (CD-ROM USB DRIVER)

(TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50E)

3-072-654-01 SPVD-008 (I) (CD-ROM USB DRIVER) (TRV50)3-073-861-01 CLOTH (TL), CLEANING3-073-941-01 STYLUS (TRV50/TRV50E)3-074-375-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH)

(TRV40:E,HK,JE/TRV50)3-074-375-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH)

(TRV50:CND)

3-074-375-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION(SPANISH/PORTUGUESE) (TRV40:E,JE)

3-074-375-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION(TRADITIONAL CHINESE) (TRV40:E,HK)

3-074-375-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KOREAN)(TRV40:JE,KR)

3-074-375-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ARABIC) (TRV40:E)3-074-603-11 MANUAL, NETWORK INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH)

(TRV50:US)

3-075-225-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH/RUSSIAN)(TRV40E:E,CH,JE/TRV50E:UK,E,HK,AUS)

3-075-225-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH/GERMAN)(TRV40E:E,JE/TRV50E:AEP,E)

3-075-225-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH/DUTCH)(TRV50E:AEP)

3-075-225-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION(SPANISH/PORTUGUESE) (TRV40E:AEP/TRV50E:AEP)

3-075-225-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION(ITALIAN/GREEK) (TRV40E:AEP/TRV50E:AEP)

3-075-225-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION(ARABIC/PERSIAN) (TRV40E:E/TRV50E:E)

3-075-225-71 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION(TRADITIONAL CHINESE) (TRV50E:HK)

3-075-225-81 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION(SIMPLIFIED CHINESE) (TRV40E:E,CH,JE/TRV50E:E)

3-075-396-11 MANUAL, NETWORK INSTRUCTION(ENGLISH/FRENCH) (TRV50:CND/TRV50E:E,HK,AUS)

3-075-396-21 MANUAL, NETWORK INSTRUCTION(ENGLISH) (TRV50E:UK)

3-075-396-31 MANUAL, NETWORK INSTRUCTION(ENGLISH/DUTCH) (TRV50E:AEP)

3-075-396-41 MANUAL, NETWORK INSTRUCTION(FRENCH/GERMAN) (TRV50E:AEP)

3-075-396-51 MANUAL, NETWORK INSTRUCTION(ITALIAN/GREEK) (TRV50E:AEP)

3-075-396-61 MANUAL, NETWORK INSTRUCTION(SPANISH/PORTUGUESE) (TRV50E:AEP)

3-075-396-71 MANUAL, NETWORK INSTRUCTION(TRADITIONAL CHINESE) (TRV50E:HK)

3-075-396-81 MANUAL, NETWORK INSTRUCTION(SIMPLIFIED CHINESE) (TRV50E:E)

A-7024-735-A MEMORY BLOCK ASSY (8),PACKINGX-3949-944-1 CAP (A) ASSY, LENS

Page 159: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

Take a copy of CAMERA COLORREPRODUCTION FRAME witha clear sheet for use.

— 187 —

⟨FOR CAMERA COLOR REPRODUCTION ADJUSTMENT⟩

DCR-TRV40/TRV50

For NTSC model

For PAL model

DCR-TRV40E/TRV50E

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

Page 160: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

DCR-TRV40/TRV40E/TRV50/TRV50E

— 188 —Sony EMCS Co. 2002C1600-1

©2002.3Published by DI Customer Center

9-929-951-31

Page 161: RMT-811 SERVICE MANUAL LEVEL 2 - Diagramas dediagramas.diagramasde.com/camaras/DCR-TRV40_TRV50.pdf · J MECHANISM DCR-TRV40E ... refer to the “DV MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT MANUAL VI

Revision History

992995131.pdfReverse

Ver.

1.0

Date

2002.03

History

Official Release

Contents

S.M. Rev.issued